Reports from early records
Natives and barbarians at the dawn of Japanese history
By William Wetherall
First posted 4 April 2006
Last updated 10 April 2017
Related articles
The journey to Kasasa: Paradise found and lost in the land of Hayato
Kofun through Nara • 300-794: Conquest, incorporation, integration, and security
Allegiance change in Yamato: How natives and migrants joined the fold
Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony
Akihito's Korean roots: The Fujiwara embrace of Kudara
Historical sources
Numerous written records contain reports that reveal the unfolding of what today is called the "history" of Japan. For the centuries spanned in this article, the most important sources are the earliest surviving chronologies compiled by Yamato hands of one or another historigraphic persuasion.
It is not the purpose here to examine the motives of the compilers or the factuality of what they recorded of legends and events of the past. I merely list the works that constitute the main body of "official" early history as it were.
Chronologies, peerages, literature, dictionaries, and laws
Of the many works produced since writing based on Chinese script began to flourish, especially from the 7th and 8th centuries, quite a few survive in the form of later copies, partial copies, or excerpts in other works. The following works are the most useful for understanding how Yamato officials understood the past, in terms of migration from the continent and the assimilation of migrants into the native population.
Most of these works are chronologies compiled by officials as records of events in terms of when, who, what, where, sometimes how, and at times even why. The several thousand events they report are, at best, the most important of the millions that must have been known to the compilers from their own memories, from other contemporary witnesses, and from documentary material at their disposal. At worst they represent the workings of self-serving political and other biases in the standards of selection and narration.
Whatever their aims and however they were compiled, such works inevitably contain accounts that reflect flawed memories and faulty sources, if not imagination and fantasy. And for the most part, sans independent accounts that allow comparison and evaluation, we today, and future historians, will never be the wiser.
National histories
The chronologies known as the "Six National Histories" (˜Z‘Žj Rikkokushi) cover time immemorial to nearly the end of the 9th century, well into Heian period. To this body of works I am adding the Kojiki, which covers about the same period as the Nihon shoki but differently, and the Nihon kiryaku, which covers the period of the six histories and a century and a half beyond, and fills in some gaps left by missing parts of earlier histories.
If the "national histories" covering the 8th and 9th centuries report numerous events related to Fujiwara affairs, it is because their compilers included, and were overseen by, the most influential members of the Fujuwara house.
0. Kojiki ŒÃŽ–‹L, Origins to 628, K
[Records of old (ancient) matters]
3 kan completed in 712 (Wadō 5)
Compiled by Oo no Asomi Yasumaro (‘¾’©bˆÀäÝ—µ d723) and Hieda no Are (•B“cˆ¢—ç 7th-8th centuries)
1. Nihon shoki “ú–{‘‹I, Origins to 697, NS
[Chronicles of Japan]
30 kan and a genealogy completed in 720 (Yōrō 4)
Compiled by Prince Toneri (ŽÉle‰¤ 676-735) and later also partly attributed to Oo no Yasumaro (‘¾ˆÀäÝ—µ d723)
2. Shoku Nihongi ‘±“ú–{‹I, 697-791, SN
[Continued Japan chronicles]
Comissioned by Kanmu in 794 (Enryaku 8)
40 kan completed in 797 (Enryaku 16)
Compiled by Sugawara no Mamichi (›–ì^“¹ 741-814), Fujiwara no Tsugutada (“¡Œ´Œp“ê 727-796), and others
Covers 697 (Monmu 1) to 791 (Enryaku 10)
Tsugutada's Kudara tiesOne of Tsugutada's wives was Kudara no Konikishi Myōshin, whose ancestors included the last ruler of Kudara (Paekche). This may partly account for the appearance in this chronology of items about Myōshin and her ancestors. Tsugutada's strong ties with Kudara families was not, however, unique among the more powerful Fujiwara families. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
3. Nihon kōki “ú–{Œã‹I, 792-833, NK
[Later chronicles of Japan]
40 kan completed in 840 (Jōwa 7)
Compiled by Fujiwara no Fuyutsugu (“¡Œ´“~Žk 775-826), Fujiwara no Otsugu (“¡Œ´Žk 774-843), and others from 819 (Kōnin 10)
Covers from 792 (Enryaku 11) to 833 (Tenchō 10)
Only 10 kan survive. However, some of the accounts that are thought to have come from the lost kan appear the Nihon kiryaku (see below).
Fuyutsugu's Kudara tiesFuyutsugu's mother was a daughter of Fujiwara no Uchimaro (“¡Œ´“à–ƒ˜C 756-812) and Kudara no Nagatsugu (•SωiŒp). Nagatsugu later served in Kanmu's back [inner] palace [quarters for women] and received his affection but was never recognized as a consort. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
4. Shoku Nihon kōki ‘±“ú–{Œã‹I, 833-850, SNK
[Continued Later chronicles of Japan]
20 kan completed in 869 (Jōgan 11)
Compiled by Fujiwara no Yoshifusa (“¡Œ´—Ç–[ 804-872) and Haruzumi no Yoshinawa (tŸ‘P“ê 797-870), among others.
Covers from 833 (Tenchō 10) to 850 (Kashō 3), during reign of Ninmyō.
Yoshifusa's Kudara tiesYoshifusa was a son of Fuyutsugu, one of the compilers of Nihon kōki. |
5. [Nihon] Montoku tenno Jitsuroku “ú–{•¶“¿“VcŽÀ˜^, 850-858
[True record of (the reign of) Montoku tennō (of Japan)]
10 kan completed in 879 (Gangyō 3)
Compiled by Fujiwara no Mototsune (“¡Œ´ŠîŒo 836-891), Minabuchi no Toshina (“ì•£”N–¼ 808-877), Miyako no Yoshika (“s—Ç 834-879), and Ooe no Otonda (‘å]‰¹l 811-877), and by Sugawara no Koreyoshi (›Œ´¥‘P 812-880) and Shimoda no Tadaomi (“ˆ“c—Çb 828-892) from the deaths of Toshina and Otonda in 877.
Covers Monmoku's reign (850-858).
Mototsune's Kudara tiesMototsune was born the third son of Fuyutsugu's oldest son Nagayoshi (’·—Ç Nagara), but was adopted by Fuyutsugu's second son Yoshifusa (—Ç–[). |
6. [Nihon] Sandai jitsuroku “ú–{ŽO‘ãŽÀ˜^, 858-887
[True record of the three eras (of Japan)]
50 kan completed in 901 (Engi 1)
Compiled by Fujiwara no Tokihira (“¡Œ´Žž•½), Ookura no Yoshiyuki (‘å‘ ‘Ps 832-921), Sugawara no Michizane (›Œ´“¹^ 845-903), and others.
Covers reigns of sovereigns Seiwa, Yōsei, and Kōkō (858-887).
7. Nihon kiryaku (“ú–{‹I—ª), Origins to 1036, NGR
[Briefs of chronicles of Japan]
34 kan completed during Heian period
Compilers unknown. Accounts from origins through reign of Kōkō (887) are based on earlier chronicles, including the lost books of Nihon kōki. Accounts from reign of Uda (887) through reign of Goichijō (1036) are original.
Peerages
Shinsen Shōroku Vï©Ž˜^
[Newly compiled record of uji (clans, lineages) with kabane (titles)]
Presented to sovereign (Saga) in 814 (Kōnin 5-6-1) by prince Manda Shinnō (788-830), a son of Kanmu, and Fujiwara no Asomi Sonohito (756-819), and others.
Preface to extant copy dated 815 (Kōnin 6-7-20)
Contains, according to the preface, genealogical information on some 1182 lineages or clans (Uji) and their titles (kabane).
Sonohito's father was Fujiwara no Kaedemaro (“¡Œ´•––ƒ˜C 723-776), and his mother was a daughter of Fujiwara no Yoshitsugu. As such he was a first cousin or half-first cousin of Saga, who was a son of Kanmu and another daughter of Yoshitsugu, though the sisters appear to have had different mothers.
Literature
Man'yōshū –œ—tW
[Gathering of myriad leaves]
An anthology of poems -- most waka, some chōka, a few poems of other kinds -- from the 7the and 8th centuries. The work was compiled sometime no earlier and probably sometimes shortly after 759, the year of its last datable poem, most likely by several people, perhaps most instrumentally Ōtomo no Yakamochi (‘唺‰ÆŽ c718-785). One of the best represented poets in the collection of over 4,500 poems is Kakinotomo no Hitomaro (Š`–{l–ƒ˜C), who lived between roughly 660 and 720. Nothing is known about his life except what can be gleaned from his poems in the Man'yōshū and Kokinshō (see below). That he was at one time closely associated with Iwami province is clear from the number of poems he wrote that eulogize the province.
Dictionaries
Wamyō ruiju shō ˜`–¼—ÞãÚçâA˜a–¼—ÞãÚ´
[Annotations of Yamato words grouped by kind]
Abbreviated Wamyōshō (˜`–¼çâA˜a–¼´) [Annotations of Yamato words]
Compiled from around 934 and completed in 938 by Minamoto no Shitagou (Œ¹‡ 911-983).
Contains "Yamato words" (˜`–¼, ˜a–¼) organized by subject (—ÞãÚ).
The headwords are written in Chinese graphs with Japanese readings in furigana. The words are glossed with citations from Chinese and Japanese sources. Japanese readings are shown in man'yōgana.
Laws
Tánglù shūyì “‚—¥‘`‹`
[Tang code reading and meaning / Tang code and commentary]
12 sections (•Ñ) containing 502 articles (ð)
Presented to the sovereign Gaojong (‚@ 628-683, r649-683) in 653.
Compiled by eighteen people under direction of Gaojong's nephew Zhangsun Wuji (’·‘·–³Šõ d659 in suicide provoked by accusations made against him by an ally of Gaojong's wife Wu, who Zhangsun had opposed).
Contains contemporary version of Tang code (“‚—¥ Táng lù), completed in 624 after decades of legal development in China, plus extensive commentary.
The Tang code became a model for contemporary laws in neighboring East Asian countries including Japan, as well as the basis for later dynastic codes in China.
Ryō no gige —ß‹`‰ð
[Meanings and unravelings of the (Yoro) ordinaces]
Commissioned in 833 by Junna (r823-833).
Completed in 834 under the editorial supervision of Kiyohara no Mahito no Natsuno (782-837), then the Great Minister of the Right cum Major Captain Minister of the Left Division of the [Headquarters] of the Inner Palace Guards.
Includes the Yōrō codes and ordinances (—{˜V—¥—ß Yōrō ritsuryō) and related commentary. Both the Yōrō laws and the commentary were heavily influence by the Tang code and its commentary.
Texts, translations, dates
Kanbun texts
The kanbun text, and the Yamato translation, are based on the attributed sources. Some texts were originally keyboarded. Others were created by first copying script from a web version, such as those posted at www.j-texts.com (“ú–{•¶Šw“dŽq}‘ŠÙ) or www.kojiki.org (ŒÃŽ–‹L³‰ðFŒÃŽ–‹LŒ¤‹†‰ï).
All texts copied from a web-scripted version were edited to reflect the characters and puntuation of the attributed printed source. However, if a copied text had simplified forms of characters in the source text, I did not change them to the older forms.
Yamato translations
The transliterations reflect the historical kana orthography in the attributed source. Topic, object, and direction markers have been shown as written -- i.e., ha, wo, and he have not been changed to wa, o, and e.
English translations
All translations shown in blue, or as otherwise noted, are mine (William Wetherall). I have generally benefited from the Yamato translation and at times another English translation. In principle, though, I have endeavored to create structural translations that cut as close to the phrasal and metaphorical bone of the original text as possible. Most show construction lines. Few are polished. Other translations are shown and attributed when available and noteworthy.
Dates
All dates are first expressed as a nengō year and lunar caleldar month and day, as shown in the received texts, followed by a Gregorian date expressed as a Christian-era year and solar calendar month and day. In view of the fact that the Gregorian calendar was not used until the 16th century, the Julian day is shown in [square brackets] following the Gregorian day.
Notes
Some headnotes and footnotes to a cited text or translation have been shown in their entirety or summarized, either immediately below the parent citation, or in following comments. The words or phrases being noted are usually underscored.
Comments
Extended commentary related to a single account is shown under thematic headings following the citations related to the account.
Works cited
Abbreviations
K Kojiki NKBT Nihon koten bungaku taikei NK Nihon koki NS Nihon shoki RG Ryō no gige RS Ryō no shūge SS Samguk sagi STK Seishū tōka ki SN Shoku Nihongi SSSR Shinsen Shōjiroku SZKT Shintei zōhō Kokushi taikei TLSY Táng lù shū yì WRS Wamyō ruiju shō
General references
Reischauer 1967
Robert Karl Reischauer and Jean Reischauer (compilers)
Early Japanese History
(C. 40 B.C.--A.D. 1167)
Gloucester (MT): Peter Smith, 1967
Two volumes (Part A, Part B)
Part A: Robert Karl Reischauer
Part B: Jean Reischauer and Robert Karl Reischauer
These volumes were first published in 1937 by Princeton University Press, in New Jersey, as imprints of the School of Public and International Affairs. Part A begins with a general introduction and some diagrams and tables of government organization and ranks, but consists mostly of a chronology of selected events, from circa 40 BC to 1167, cited from the early histories. Part B leads off with maps and family trees, then a kanji and ABC guide to the administrative and legal terminology that appears in the early histories.
The following works, though of a secondary nature, will also be of interest as background material in English.
Wontack Hong
Paekche of Korea and the Origin of Yamato Japan
Seoul: Kudara International, 1954
v, map, 407 pages
Of special interest is this somewhat provacative but serious work is "The Mimana Question: Paekche-Kaya-Wa Alliances and the Port of Passage" (pages 205-219) in Chapter 4: History and Interpretations, and related materials. Hong draws extensively from early Korean chronologies as well. About a third of the book consists of reference materials, including nearly eighty pages of "Footnotes of Original Texts" (pages 329-407).
An earlier book, Relationship Between Korea and Japan in Early Period: Paekche and Yamato Wa (Seoul: Ilsimsa, 1988), is a finger exercise for the 1994 publication. Both works use Chamberlain's and Philippi's translations of Kojiki and Aston's translation of Nihongi (Nihon shoki).
Hong, an economist who also styles himself as an historian, takes the early Japanese accounts about Mimana (Imna) as a Yamato entity more seriously than writers who dismiss them as fabrications simply because Korean accounts make no mention of a Yamato foothold on the peninsula. Apart from Hong's thesis that Paekche was instrumental in the origin of the Yamato kingdom, his book is useful as a guide to what primary Japanese and Korean texts say about the relationship between the two.
Gari Ledyard
Galloping Along with the Horseriders: Looking for the Founders of Japan
Journal of Japanese Studies
Volume 1, Number 2 (Spring 1975)
Pages 217-254
This remains a highly reliable romp of early Northeast Asia that is clearly inspired by the border-crossing standards of scholarship Ledyard acquired from mentors like Peter Boodberg.
William Wayne Farris
Population, Disease, and Land in Early Japan, 645-900
Harvard-Yenching Institute Monograph Series, Number 24
Cambridge (MT): Harvard University Press, 1985
xix, 235 pages, hardcover
This work grew out of Farris's 1981 doctoral dissertation, "Demographic change and agricultural development in early Japan, 645-900" (Harvard University). While very interesting and useful as a demographic study, which includes a lot of material on contemporary household registers and related law and administration, as well as on the social history of epidemics, a more interesting work is
William Wayne Farris
Japan's Medieval Population
(Famine, Fertility, and Warfare in a Transformative Age)
Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press, 2006
x, 372 pages, hardcover
Kojiki (K)
NKBT 1
Kurano Kenji and Takeda Yukichi (translators and annotators)
Kojiki / Norito
[Records of ancient matters / Words of prayer]
Nihon koten bungaku taikei [NKBT]
[Survey of classical literature of Japan]
Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten, 1958
NKBT Volume 1, 1978 [22nd printing]
Over the centuries, Kojiki has been more attractive than the Nihon shoki as an object of study for the more "nativist" scholars, because it is less a Chinese-style chronology of political events than a collection of legendary tales, some of in the form of Yamato songs that the compilers transliterated rather than translated. Though many annotated editions are now available, the NKBT volume continues to be a valuable guide and standard.
Chamberlain 1932
Basil Hall Chamberlain (translator) [1850-1935]
Translation of "Ko-Ji-Ki"
(Or "Records of Ancient Matters")
Second Edition
[With Annotations by the late W.G. Aston]
Kobe: J.L. Thompson & Co. (Retail) Ltd., 1932
Chamberlain's translation first appeared in 1882 as supplement to Volume X of the Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan. Remaining stock was destroyed in the Great Kanto Earthquake of 1923. This edition was prepared from a copy of the supplement belonging to Aston and reproduces the notes he had penciled in the margins. It includes cross references to Aston's Chronicles of Japan, which had not yet been published when he made the annotations to Chamberlain's translation of Kojiki.
Philippi 1969
Donald L. Philippi (translator) [1930-1993]
Kojiki
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1969
Man'yoshu (MYS)
Takagi Ichinosuke, Gomi Tomohide, and Ono Susumu (annotators)
Man'yōshū
[Collection of ten-thousand leaves]
[Collection for a myriad generations (McCullough)]
Nihon koten bungaku taikei [NKBT]
[Survey of classical literature of Japan]
Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten, 1957-1962
Four volumes (1-4)
Volume 1, NKBT Volume 4, 1957 (1977)
Volume 2, NKBT Volume 5, 1959 (1978)
Volume 3, NKBT Volume 6, 1960 (1977)
Volume 4, NKBT Volume 7, 1962 (1978)
There are numerous popular and scholarly guides to this important chronology. The NKBT edition, edited by an allstar cast of historians and linguists, continues to be an adequate standard if used with care.
Several English translations of some or most of the poems exist, in addition to a number of in-depth studies of specific groups of poems. The most available and perhaps useful are these.
Ian Hideo Levy
The Ten Thousand Leaves
(A Translation of the Man'yōshū, Japan's premier anthology of classical poetry)
Volume One
Princeton (NJ): Princeton University Press, 1981
409 plus pages, softcover (1987)
Princeton Library of Asian Translations
Levy's interpretations are generally accurate and poetic. However, he sometimes takes unnecessary liberties with original phrasing and metaphors that could have traveled in English.
Levy, who abandoned academia for a career as a novelist and critic in Japan, has not followed through with his promise to translate the entire work.
H. Mack Horton, at the University of California at Berkeley, is reportedly now at work on a complete translation and commentary of Man'yoshu. In the meantime, he has undertaken studies of various parts of the collection, including the cycle of poems on the ill-fated Japanese mission to Silla in 736-737, and has announced the following forthcoming book on this subject.
H. Mack Horton
Traversing the Frontier
(The Man'yoshu Account of a Japanese Mission to Silla)
Cambridge (MT): Harvard University Asia Center
Forthcoming
Previous working title:
Song at the Frontier
(The Silla Envoy Poems in Man'yoshu)
There are a number of older partial translations. The most widely published and generally respected was the 1940 Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkokai (NGS) edition, repackaged in the following 1965 edition.
Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkōkai (NGS)
[The Japan Society for the Promotion of Scientific Research]
The Manyoshu
(One-Thousand Poems with the Texts in Romaji)
[with the Texts in Romaji]
[With a New Forward by Donald Keenej]
New York: Columbia University Press, 1965
First published in 1940 by Iwanami Shoten
lxxxii, 502 pages, hardcover
The NGS translations are usually graceful though the English will often seem quaint. The manner in which they were editorially polished probably compounded errors made in the drafts.
Nihon shoki (NS)
NKBT 67, NKBT 68
Sakamoto Tarō, Ienaga Saburō, Inoue Mitsusada, and Ōno Susumu (translators and annotators)
Nihon shoki [Chronicles of Japan]
Nihon koten bungaku taikei [NKBT]
[Survey of classical literature of Japan]
Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten
Two volumes (jo, ge)
Volume 1 [Jo], NKBT Volume 67, 1967
Volume 2 [Ge], NKBT Volume 68, 1965
There are numerous scholarly and popular guides to this important chronology. But this NKBT edition, edited by an allstar cast of historians and linguists, continues to be an adequate standard if used with care.
Aston 1, Aston 2
W.G. [William George] Aston (translator) [1841-1911]
1972
Tokyo: Charles E. Tuttle Company
Two volumes in one
Aston's translation was first published in two separate volumes by the Japan Society in 1896. The two volumes were republished as two volumes in one in 1924, and the 1972 Tuttle publication is a facsimile of this later edition. This continues to be the only complete translation in English. It is remarkably reliable, but is best used together with the original text and other Japanese sources.
There is now a full English translation with two versions of kanbun texts (including the J-Texts version) on a "Wiki Site" called "nihonshoki.wikidot.com". The text is convenient for quick reading, and may be an improvement over Aston's rendering. However, it is not more reliable as a guide to kanbun or Yamato metaphors.
Shoku Nihongi (NS)
SZKT SN 1, SZKT SN 2
Kurosaka Katsumi and Kokushi Taikei Kenshūkai (compilers and editors)
Shoku Nihongi
[Continued Japan chronicles]
Tokyo: Yoshikawa Kobunkan, 1981 [1935]
Two volumes (zenpen, kohen)
Volume 1: 5 (explanation), 5 (contents), 1-272 (text)
Volume 2: 5 (explanation), 5 (contents), 273-561 (text)
Shintei zōhō Kokushi taikei [SZKT]
[Newly revised and enlarged National history collection]
Explanation by Kurosaka dated November 1935
Ujitani 1992-1995
Ujitani Tsutomu (translator)
Shoku Nihongi (Zen gendaigo yaku)
[Continued Japan chronicles (Complete modern language translation)]
Tokyo: Kodansha, 1992-1995
Three volumes (jō, chū, ge)
Gakujutsu Bunko
Snellen 1, Snellen 2
J. B. Snellen (translator)
Shoku Nihongi: Chronicles of Japan, continued, from 697-791 A.D.
(Translated and annotated by J. B. Snellen)
Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan
Tokyo: Kyo Bun Kwan (distributor)
[Part 1] Shoku Nihongi (Chronicles of Japan)
Second Series, Volume XI, December 1934, 244 pages
Pages 151-239
[Part 2] Shoku Nihongi IV-VI. (Chronicles of Japan -- Continued)
Second Series, Volume XIV, June 1937, xvi, 284 pages
Pages 209-278
Volume XIV of TASJ includes A. L. Sadler's "The Naval Campaign in the Korean War of Hideyoshi (1592-1598)" (pages 179-208).
Ross Bender
Bender has brought to light in English books 10-30 of the Shoku Nihongi covering 749-770 -- of the 40 books covering 697-791. His studies are available in various formats through Amazon and elsewhere. The following descriptions are cut, pasted, and reformated from Bender's personal page at www.academia.edu.
The Edicts of the Last Empress, 749-770:
A Study and Translation of Senmyō 12-47 in Shoku Nihongi
The last Empress of Nara Japan, Kōken/Shōtoku Tennō, was a formidably powerful ruler. Daughter of the great Buddhist Emperor Shōmu and his Fujiwara wife Kōmyō, she was an adroit politician who overcame numerous challenges to her rule by male aristocrats. As a devout Buddhist nun, she wrestled with the implications of her faith for the political legitimacy of the imperial house. Her numerous edicts bear witness to the sophistication of the intellectuals at her court who tried to reconcile the Buddhist doctrine of divine protection of the state with the native tradition of godlike sovereignty and with elements of classical Chinese ideas concerning the proper function of the ruler.
Nara Japan, 749-757:
A Study and Translation of Shoku Nihongi,
Tenpyō Shōhō 1 -- Tenpyō Hōji 1
The Junnin Interregnum and the Nakamaro Supremacy
Foreign Relations: Parhae, Tang, and Silla
Coinage, Inflation, and Natural Disasters
Political Theology: A Dialog Between Throne and Officialdom
Nara Japan, 758-763:
A Study and Translation of Shoku Nihongi,
Tenpyō Hōji 2 -- 7
The Junnin Interregnum and the Nakamaro Supremacy
Foreign Relations: Parhae, Tang, and Silla
Coinage, Inflation, and Natural Disasters
Political Theology: A Dialog Between Throne and Officialdom
Nara Japan, 764-766:
A Study and Translation of Shoku Nihongi,
Tenpyō Hōji 8 -- Tenpyō Jingo 2
Nakamaro's Revolt and the Exile of Junnin
Imperial Restoration
The Rise of Dōkyō
Syncretic Political Theology and the Imperial Institution
Appendix: Kanji Reference List and Glossary
Nara Japan, 767-770:
A Study and Translation of Shoku Nihongi,
Jingo Keiun 1 ō Hōki 1
This is the final number in a five-volume series of translations of Shoku Nihongi for the years 749-770, the reign of the Last Empress of Nara Japan. It covers the years of Dōkyō's supremacy, the Hachiman oracle, the death of Empress Shōtoku and the accession of Emperor Kōnin.
Nihon koki (NK)
SZKT NK
Kurosaka Katsumi and Kokushi Taikei Kenshūkai (compilers and editors)
Nihon kōki
[Later chronicles of Japan]
Tokyo: Yoshikawa Kobunkan, 1980 [1934]
Shintei zōhō Kokushi taikei [SZKT]
[Newly revised and enlarged National history collection]
4 (explanation), 4 (contents), 138 (text)
Explanation by Kurosaka dated November 1934
Includes only books 5, 8, 12-14, 17, 20-22, and 24
[Other books are listed in contents as lost]
Ryō no gige (RG)
SZKT RG
Kurosaka Katsumi and Kokushi Taikei Kenshūkai (compilers and editors)
Ryō no gige
[Meanings and unravelings of the (Yoro) ordinances]
Tokyo: Yoshikawa Kobunkan, 1981 [1939]
Shintei zōhō Kokushi taikei [SZKT]
[Newly revised and enlarged National history collection]
6 (explanation), 4 (contents), 354 (text)
Explanation by Kurosaka dated March 1939
The text illuminated in this work was commissioned in 833 by Junna (r823-833) and completed the following year under the editorial supervision of Kiyowara no Natsuno (782-837), the Great Minister of the Left. One of the aims of the commentary was to clarify the purport of the official codes, which were subject to various interpretations (Sansom 1932:69).
Sansom 1932 and 1934
George B. Sansom
Early Japanese Law and Administration
Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan
Part 1: [Introduction and Chapters 1-5]
TASJ, Series 2, Volume 9 (1932), pages 67-109
Part 2: [Chapters 6-8]
TASJ, Series 2, Volume 11 (December 1932), pages 117-149
Sansom's study begins with an overview of the ritsyryō system of government administration and related laws. Part 1 includes I Sources and II The Scope of the Yōrō Code (Ryō), but mostly III Administrative System, which translates substantial parts of the some of the early chapters of the code.
Part 2 begins with a continuation of matters related to administration, then turns to translations of Chapter VI: The Law Concerning Religion, Chapter VII: The Law Concerning Monks and Nuns, and Chapter VIII: The Law of Households.
Ryō no shūge (RS)
SZKT RS
Kurosaka Katsumi and Kokushi Taikei Kenshūkai (compilers and editors)
Ryō no shūge
[Collections and unravelings of the (Yoro) ordinances]
Tokyo: Yoshikawa Kobunkan, 1943, 1964, 1976, 1983, 1985
Shintei zōhō Kokushi taikei [SZKT]
[Newly revised and enlarged National history collection]
4 volumes, hard cover, each boxed
Volume 1 (1976, 1985): 4 (explanation), 5 (contents), 1-258 [258] (text)
Explanation by Kurosaka Katsumi dated October 1943
Volume 2 (1983): 4 (explanation), 5 (contents), 259-527 [269] (text)
Explanation by Kurosaka Katsumi dated October 1943
Volume 3 (1985): 5 (explanation), 5 (contents), 529-772 [244] (text)
Explanation by Maruyama Jirō dated December 1954
Volume 4 (1964, 1985): 5 (explanation), 5 (contents), 773-976 [204] (text), 26 (lost texts), 11 (chronology index)
Explanation by Maruyama Jirō dated December 1954
The text illuminated in this work was compiled around 868, about 35 years after Ryō no gige. Unlike it's predecessor, however, it had no legal efficacy. It stated legal principles in large graphs and cited precedents and sources in small graphs. 35 of its original 50 books survive. Fragments of the lost books survive through citations in other sources.
Publication of the SZKT edition began before the Pacific War, continued during the first years of the war, and was completed after the war. The pagination of the main text runs continuously through the 4 volumes.
Shinsen Shōjiroku (SSSR)
Miller 1974
Richard J. Miller
Ancient Japanese Nobility
(The Kabane Ranking System)
Berkeley: University of California Press, 1974
University of California Publications:
Occasional Papers Number 7: History
This comprehensive study of kabane draws from all early texts but the core of its data comes from the Shinsen Shojiroku [Newly compiled records of titles and clans], a peerage completed around 815 to record the ancestries and titles [kabane] of some 1182 clans [uji], apparently to prevent as of around the end of the 8th century.
I have referred to various wabon and metal-type printed editions of Shinsen Shōjiroku, including my own early Meiji wabon copy of Shirai Sōin's 1668 edition, and Saeki Arikiyo's massive late Shōwa study.
See Shinsen Shōjiroku: "Newly compiled record of titles and families" in 815 Japan for details.
Samguk sagi (SS)
‹à•xçg
ŽO‘Žj‹L
‘S50Šª
Kim Pusik (1075-1151)
Samguk sagi
[History of the three (Korean) kingdoms]
Seoul: Kyong'ing Munhwa Sa, 1969
Sino-Korean text
Kim Pusik (1075-1151)
Samguk sagi
Translated by Kim Sayop ‹àŽvûY (–ó)
Tokyo: Rokko Shuppan, ˜Z‹»o”Å 1980-1981
2 volumes ㉺
Sino-Korean text with Japanese translation and notes
Kim Pusik (1075-1151)
Samguk sagi
Translated by Rim Yongsu —щpŽ÷ (–ó)
Tokyo: San'ichi Shobō ŽOˆê‘–[, 1974-1975
3 volumes
ãFV—…–{‹I
’†F‚‹å—í–{‹I •SÏ–{‹I ”N•\
‰ºFŽGŽu —ñ“`
Japaness translation and notes only
Tang lu shu yi (TLSY)
The Tang code survives in the 653 annotated edition. Web versions are adquate for general purposes though some graphs will be shown in more recent styles, and punctuation schemes will vary with source.
The following English translation is useful.
Wallace Johnson
(Intoduction and translation)
The T'ang Code
Volume I: General Principles
Volume II: Specific Articles
Princeton (NJ): Princeton University Press
Vol I: 1979, xii, 317 pages
Vol II: 1997, xxvi, 591 pages
Volume I is a general introduction to principles of criminal law in China. Volume II presents mostly complete translations of Chapters VII-XXX, which contain what Johnson calls the 445 "specific articles" (58-502) of the code.
Wallace's translation reflects his own English tags for key legal terms, including social statuses. As Wallace was aiming at conveying a general understanding of the code, his translation is at times too free for the purpose of understanding the phrasing and metaphors of the language in which the code was written.
Wamyō ruiju shō (WRS)
Several wabon editions of both the 10-book and 20-book versions of this 10th century dictionary have been scanned for Internet access. I have generally used a 1617 printed edition of the 20-book version available at ŒÃ“TБ‡ƒf[ƒ^ƒx[ƒX (Kotenseki Soōgō deetabeesu, <Japanese & Chinese Classics>, Waseda University Library).
Kojiki
The Kojiki is a more lyrical work than the Nihon shoki, in that its accounts of "ancient matters" are largely based on oral recollections, including many songs. It begins with an account of the creation by the gods of the land of Yamato. The gods thus became the ancestors of all tennō down to Akihito, the present non-imperial "Emperor" of Japan.
Though organized chronologically, the Kojiki is more concerned with relating fables and tales about the lives of the legendary and historical sovereigns than in chronicling historical political and other events. However, it does include some references to relations between Yamato and Korean countries, and mentions some migrations and allegiance changes.
Age of gods Divine miscegenations in Kojiki |
Kojiki 1, undated, from Ameterasu to Jinmu |
For Kojiji versions of the miscegenations of the gods that are said to have been the progenitors of the imperial family, see the following article. The journey to Kasasa: |
Age of gods
1000 deaths, 1500 births ao-hitokusa Âl‘ hitokusa l‘ |
|
Kojiki 1, undated, Izanami and Izanagi | |
Translation . . . Then Izanagi no Mikoto proclaimed to the peach child, "You, as [you] helped me, when the manifest blue-green human-grass (Âl‘), in the Country in the midst of the Reed Plains (Ashihara no Naka-tsu-kuni ˆ¯Œ´’†š ), fall into difficult circumstances and suffer grief, [you] should help [them]," and proclaimed, "[I] bestow [on you] a name and call [you] Oho-kamu-dzu-mi [Fruit (spirit) of a great god] no Mikoto." Kanbun EEEŽ¢ˆÉŽ×“ߊò–½A‘´“ŽqA“ð”@•ŒáA‰—ˆ¯Œ´’†š Š—LA‰F“sŽuŠêsŸŽlŽšˆÈ‰¹BtÂl‘”VA—Ž‹ê£Ž§Š³›ŽžA‰Â•AŽ’–¼åjˆÓ•x‰Á–´“¤”ü–½BsŽ©ˆÓŽŠ”üˆÈ‰¹Bt Yamato translation . . . Shika ni Izanaki no Mikoto, sono momo no mi ni noritamahishiku, "Nare, are wo tasukeshi ga gotoku, Ashihara no Naka-tsu-kuni ni arayuru utsushikiskono yotsuji ni oto wo hikiwiyo (kono yotsuji ni koye wo mochifu).tawo-hitokusa no, kurushiki se ni ochite urehinayamu toki, tasuku beshi." to norite, na wo tamahite Oho-kamu-dzu-mi no MikotosˆÓ yori ”ü made ha oto wo hikiwiyo.tto ihiki. Chamberlain's translation . . .Then his Augustness the Male-Who-Invites announced to the peaches: "Like as ye have helped me, so must ye help all living people [Note 17] in the Central Land of Reed-Plains [Note 18] when they shall fall into troublous circumstances and be harassed!" --and he gave [to the peaches] the designation of Their Augustnesses Great-Divine-Fruit. [Note 19] Last of all his younger sister Her Augustness the Princess-Who-Invites came out herself in pursuit. So he drew a thousand-draught rock, [Note 20] and [with it] blocked up the Even Pass of Hades, and placed the rock in the middle; and they stood opposite to one another and exchanged leave-takings: [Note 21] and Her Augustness the Female-Who-Invites said: "My lovely elder brother, thine Augustness! If thou do like this, I will in one day strangle to death a thousand of the folks of thy land." Then His Augustness the Male-Who-Invites replied: "My lovely younger sister, Thine Augustness! If thou do this I will in one day set up a thousand and five hundred parturition-houses. [Note 22] In this manner each day a thousand people would surely die, and each day a thousand and five hundred people would surely be born." . . . (Chamberlain 1932:43-45) Philippi's translation . . . Then Izanagi-nö-mikötö said to the peaches: General commentsChamberlain has taken "kotodo wo watasu" (“xŽ–ŒË) to mean "exchanged leave-takings". Philippi has rendered it "broke their troth". Kōjien glosses "‚±‚ÆE‚Ç" as "—£•Ê‚·‚鎞‚ÌŽôŒ¾" (ribetsu suru toko no jugen) or "incantations (curses, spells) [uttered] at time of separation" and cites the phrase âÈ”V¾‚±‚Æ‚ÇŒš‚킽‚·. This is one of several attempts to to translate ‹ŒšâÈ”V¾ from 5-dan, Sho-6 in Nihon Shoki. âÈ”V¾ also appears in 5-dan, Sho-7. Associating "kotodo" with the ¾ or "vows" (chikai) of an "estranged wife/couple" -- a wife/couple who are have separated (â) -- would make sense, given the rivalry and animosity between Izanagi and Izanami. It appears to me that "kotodo wo watasu" (“xŽ–ŒË) alludes to the exchange of threats between the earstwhile sibling lovers that follows. Notes on "ao-hitokusa" (Âl‘)All three sources -- NKBT, Chamberlain, and Philippi -- have notes on the significance of Âl‘. NKBT[Note 8] In Nihon Shoki there is "Œ°Œ©‘“¶". ƒEƒcƒVƒL is thought to be a translation of Œ»ŽÀ, and Âl‘ a translation of ‘“¶. (NKBT 1:66) The phrase Œ°Œ©‘“¶ appears five times in the age-of-gods genesis stories in Nihon Shoki. The first two appearances come in Shindai-1, 1-sho, 5-dan, story 11 in the NKBT edition, where it is read "utsushiki aohitokusa" (NKBT 67:102-103). Headnote 6 reads as follows (NKBT 67:102). ƒEƒcƒV (utsushi) is to be living and to exist in this world. ‘“¶ is Âl‘. Which tells us nothing about the significance of ‘“¶ or Âl‘. Chamberlain[Note 17] The three characters Âl‘* here rendered "people" are evidently (Motowori nothwithstanding) meant to be equivalent to the common Chinese expression ‘“¶, which has that signification. The word translated "living" means literally "present," "visible. This appears to be evidence of two great scholars sharing "personal communications" in the late 1880s, before the spread of telephones, and a century before the Internet. Philippi[Note 14] Literally, 'human grass.' Yes, but why? Comments on endnotesLiterally, the Yamato expression "aohitokusa" (Âl‘) means "blue-green human-grass". Here it is a fitting metaphor for the people who live in the "Country in the middle of the Reed Plains". ‘“¶ appears once in Nihon Shoki in the expression Œ³Œ³‘“¶ (Œ³X‘“¶), which the NKBT edition reads "ohomitakara", Headnote 20 (NKBT 68:55) observes that (1) Œ³Œ³ means •S©, –œ–¯, and that (2) concerning the expression “V‰ºŒ³Œ³”V–¯ in Kanjo (Š¿‘ Hanshu), Yan Shigu (ŠçŽtŒÃ 581-645 WG Yen Shih-ku, J Gan Shiko), an early T'ang scholar, opined that Œ³Œ³ signified ‘PˆÓ (good). (3) NKBT thus takes Œ³Œ³‘“¶ to mean ‘PˆÓ‚Ì–œ–¯, and (4) refers readers to ƒIƒzƒ~ƒ^ƒJƒ‰ (ohomitakara) in backnote 16-7 (pages 539-540). ohomitakaraThe long NKBT Nihonshoki commentary on ƒIƒzƒ~ƒ^ƒJƒ‰ (ohomitakara) (NKBT 68:539-540, backnote 16-7) states that the following graphic expressions (among others) have been read "ohomitakara" in kun (ŒP). All [bracketed text] is mine. •S© (hyakushō], –¯ [min, tami], l–¯ [jinmin], Ž–¯ [shomin], Žl [shojin, shonin], –œ–¯ [banmin], ’›–¯ [chōmin], ‰’› [okuchō], êt–¯ [reimin], êtŽ [reisho], êtŒ³ [reigen], Œö–¯ [kōmin], ‹l [kyojin] The endnote goes on to say that ƒIƒzƒ~ [ohomi] means ‘åŒä [ohomi, oomi, ōmi], a prefix for things belonging to the tennō [emperor]. ƒ^ƒJƒ‰ [takara] means à [zai], and so l–¯ [jinmin] are regarded as the tenno's à•ó [zaihō]. The plot, though, thickens. According to one view, "takara" comes from "takora" (“cŽq“™). The editors write that, while not impossible that "takora" became "takara", the word “cŽq already existed by the Nara period and was read "tago". Furthermore, the "kara" of "takara" is the same as the "kara" in words like "ugara" [e‘°], "yakara" [‘°], and "harakara" [“¯–E] and means ‘° [zoku]. Thus considered, "ohomitakara" would be parsed "ohomita (‘åŒä“c) no kara (‘°)" -- in other words, “Vc‚ÌŽ¡‰º‚É‚ ‚é”_–¯ [tennō no chika ni aru nōmin] or "farmers under the rule of the tennō". tamiThe same endnote also examines the meaning of Yamato "tami" (NKBT 68, endnote 16-7, page 540). NKBT editors suspect that ƒ^ƒ~ [tami], the Yamato reading of –¯, comes from “c [ta] and ƒIƒ~ [omi]. Supposidely, in the older language, "tami" was "taömi", and in time "ö" was dropped -- apparently a common occurence in such cases. While ƒIƒ~ [omi] is usually associated with an b [omi "attendant" "vassal"] in opposition to a ŒN [kimi "lord"], the term originally meant a Œ»¢‚Ìl [gense no hito "person in the present (actual) world] as opposed to a _ [kami "god"]. Thus ƒIƒ~ also meant l [hito "person"], and ƒ^ƒIƒ~ [taomi "taömi"] meant “cl [tahito, taudo, toudo] -- in other words, “c‚Ìl [ta no hito "person of a paddyfield] or ”_–¯ [nōmin "farmer"]. Other comments on "tami" and "hitokusa""Tami" is the most common Yamato reading of –¯. Why "tami" is preferred as the reading of l–¯ by readers of Kojiki -- while readers of Nihon Shoki and some other texts prefer "hitokusa" if not "wohotakara" or "ohomitakara" -- is not clear. There are several mentions of l–¯ in Kojiki. One report associated with the reign of Sōjin (200s) speaks of the depletion of the population on account of many people dying during a series of epidemics.
Most occurrences of l–¯ in Kojiki, however, are associated with descriptions of their prosperity -- in the same Sujin story, for example, when the plagues ended and the "kokka" (‘‰Æ) -- "country" (Chamberlain 213), "nation" (Philippi 202) -- was at ease and tranquil (EEE“V‰º•½l–¯žÄEEEš ‰ÆˆÀ•½–ç) (NKBT 180). |
200s
Epidemics deplete population tami l–¯ jinmin ame no shita ‘‰Æ kokka |
Kojiki 2, Sujin, undated, 200s |
Translation During the generation (reign) of this tennō (sovereign), epidemics often occurred, and people died and [the population] became depleted. Kanbun Ÿ“Vc”VŒä¢A‰u•a‘½‹NAl–¯Ž€à¨á¶B(NKBT 1:178) Yamato translation Kono sumure mikoto no miyo ni, eyami saho ni okirite, tami shinite tsukimu to shiki. (NKBT 1:179) tsutsumi [to] ike [Note 2] states that the line regarding the embankment and pond is confusing, and says that Kojiki kiden (ŒÃŽ–‹L“`), Motoori Norinaga's late 18th century study of the Kojiki interprets it to mean "put to work on an embankment (’ç tsutsumi) and a pond (’r ike). Chamberlain's translation In the reign of this Heavenly Sovereign a great pestilence arose, and the people died as if none were to be left. (Chamberlain 1932:211) Philippi's translation During the reign of this emperor, many epidemics occured, and [so many] people died [that the whole population seemed to be] on the verge of extinction. (Philippi 1969:201) CommentsMost occurrences of l–¯ in Kojiki are associated with descriptions of their prosperity. This same story about deaths during epidemics in the time of Sujin, for example, goes on to say that, when the plagues ended, the "ame no shita" (‘‰Æ kokka) -- "country" (Chamberlain 213), "nation" (Philippi 202) -- was at ease and tranquil. The Kojiki reads EEE“V‰º•½l–¯žÄEEEš ‰ÆˆÀ•½–çB(NKBT 1:180). The Yamato translation reads ". . . ame no shita tairagi, tami sakaenamu . . . ame no shita yasuraka ni tairagiki.) (NKBT 1:181). This structurally translates ". . .[the realm] under heaven was tranquil and the people prospered . . . [the realm] under heaven was peaceful and tranquil." |
Late 300s Shiragians (Sillans) come across and build Paekche pond |
Kojiki 2, Ōjin, undated, late 300s |
Translation Also Shiragians [Sillans] came proceeding across [the sea to Yamato]. Due to [In view of] this Takenouchi [Takeshiuchi] no Sukune no Mikoto took [them] and put [them] to work on embankments and ponds, and built the Kudara [Paekche] Pond. Kanbun –’V—…lŽQ“n—ˆB¥ˆÈŒš“àh”H–½ˆø—¦Aਖð“n”V’ç’rŽ§Aì•SàZ’rB(NKBT 1:248) Yamato translation Mata Shiragibito mawiwatarikitsu. Kore wo mochite Take[no]uchi no Sukune no Mikoto hikiwite, tsutsumi [to] ike [Note 2] ni edachite, Kudara no Ike wo tsukuriki. (NKBT 1:249). tsutsumi [to] ike [Note 2] states that the line regarding the embankment and pond is confusing, and says that Kojiki kiden (ŒÃŽ–‹L“`), Motoori Norinaga's late 18th century study of the Kojiki interprets it to mean "put to work on an embankment (’ç tsutsumi) and a pond (’r ike). Chamberlain's translation Again there came over [to Japan] some people from Shiragi. Therefore His Augustness the Noble Take-uchi, having taken them with him and set them to labour on pools and embankments, made the Pool of Kudara. [Note 5] (Chamberlain 1932:305) Pool of Kudara [Note 5] "Doubtless so named after the Korean labourers employed upon it,--Kudara and Shiragi, as different parts of the same peninsula, being confounded in thought.* Philippi's translation Also there came immigrants from Siragi. Therefore Takesi-uti-nö-sukune-nö-mikötö took command of them and conscripted them to make embankments and ponds [Note 2], thus making [the pond] Kudara-nö-ikï. [Note 3] (Philippi 1969:284). to make embankments and ponds [Note 2] "Following Motoori's emendation of the text. According to the manuscripts this would read, 'and brought them across to.' If this is accepted, the next two words 'embankments [and] ponds' become a proper name, Tutumi-nö-ikï." Kudara-nö-ikï [Note 3] "The Nihon shokoi attributes this immigration to the seventh year of Ūjin's reign. Aston, I, 257. Many historians question the historicity of the mass immigrations attributed to this period." Commentscame proceeding acrossThe NKBT Yamato translation fuses "proceed, cross, come" (ŽQ“n—ˆ) into a compound verb which retains this sequence of three actions. Chamberlain captures the original better than Philippi, who degrades the narrative from "some Shiragi came across" (which shows the action) to "some immigrants came from Silla" (which characterizes the actors). See 467 Kure man from Kudara in the Nihon shoki for a similar three-graph expression. Sukune no MikotoTakenouchi (Takeshiuchi) no Sukune appears in a number of Kojiki and Nihon shoki legends. The bigger than life figure served a number of sovereigns, including Ōjin and his father Chūai. He is also said to have accompanied Jingū, who was Ōjin's mother and regent, during her fabled invasion of Korea. Only the gods know how much any of this is true. Kudara [Paekche] PondWhy a pond built by Silla labor should be named after Paekche is odd. See 276 Koreans build pond for the more plausible Nihon shoki account of this story. |
Late 300s Hata and Aya ancestors come across |
Kojiki 2, Ōjin, undated, late 300s |
Translation Also the ancestors of the Hata no Miyatsuko, the ancestors of the Aya no Atahe, as well as someone who knew [how to] brew drink, named Niho and also named Susukori, came proceeding across [the sea to Yamato]. Kanbun –”`‘¢”V‘cAŠ¿’¼”V‘cA‹y’møŽðlA–¼m”ÔA–’–¼{{‹–—“™ŽQ“n—ˆ–çB(NKBT 1:248) Yamato translation Mata Hata no Miyatsuko no oya, Aya no Atahe no oya, mata sake wo kamu koto wo shireru hito, na ha Niho, mata no na ha Susukori domo, maiwatarikitsu. (NKBT 1:249) Chamberlain's translation Again there came over [to Japan] the ancestor of the Hada Rulers, the ancestor of the Aya Suzerains, and likewise a man who knew how to distil liquor, and whose name was Nim-pan, while another name for him was Susukori. (Chamberlain 1932:307) Philippi's translation Again there immigrated the ancestor of the Miyatuko of the Pata, the ancestor of the Atape of the Aya [Note 9], and a man who knew how to brew wine, whose name was Nipo; he was also named Susuköri (Philippi 1969:285). the ancestor of the Atape of the Aya [Note 9] "For the ancestor of the Pata (the "Lord of Yutsuki") and of the Aya, see Aston, I, 261, 264-65. We are told that the ancestor of the Aya and his son brought with them "a company of their people of seventeen districts." Ibid., p. 265. Tsuda denies that the early immigrants could have come in such great numbers. Nihon koten no kenkyū, II, 232-33. See also 118:6." CommentsHata and AyaHata [Hada] and Aya are "uji" or clan (lineage) names. See 283 Hata seamstress sent and 283 Kudara prince submits for the accounts of Hata and Aya ancestors in the Nihon shoki and further details about the indent1ities of the continental migrants who are here said to be the progenitors of these lineage groups in Yamato. Chamberlain makes numerous remarks about Hata and Aya, mostly to the effect that their use to represent the Chinese names ` and Š¿ is "difficult to account for" (Chamberlain 1932:307, notes 1 and 2). Phillipi refers his readers to Aston for more commentary (Philippi 1969:285, note 9). Miyatsuko and atahe"Miyatsuko" and "atahe" [atahi] are "kabane" or titles. Families were referred to according to formulae like "X uji no Y kabane" meaning "Y kabane of the X uji". It appears that migrants did not acquire titles until they were given particular kabane reflecting their assigned responsibities. The term "kuni no miyatsuko" was not a kabane but an office of government meaning "governor of a province" (Philippi 1969:504-506). The most common kabane of such governors was atahe [atai] heads of other entities were more likely given the kabane "miyatsuko" (Philippi 1969:523) As a kabane, miyatsuko was also expressed "tomo no miyatsuko" as in the Nihon shoki reference to "Hata no Tomo no Miyatsuko" (see below). Taika and Tenmu reformsIn the wake of the Taika reforms of 645, particular after the sweeping administrative changes implemented by Tenmu in 684, many clans were awarded different kabane. Tenmu simplied the ranking system by reducing a very long list of kabane titles to just eight -- (1) mahito, (2) asomi, (3) sukune, (4) imiki, (5) michinoshi, (6) omi, (7) muraji, and (8) inaki. The first two titles were reserved mostly for clans closely related through lineage to the reigning monarch (Miller 1974:15-16). See 684 Tenmu's kabane edict below for a fuller account of the kabane reforms. Though muraji survived Tenmu's cut it changed its meaning. Most former muraji became omi or sukune, the second and third highest titles in the new order. Muraji, now seventh, was conferred mostly on former miyatsuko (Miller 1974:38-39). Atahe [atae, atahi, atai] was a kabane generally associated with provincial governors and others of comparable rank (Philippi 1969:466). The title was also conferred on officials reponsible to the court in some capacity other than as a governor (Miller 1974:95). Hata and Aya clans elevatedAya clans were differentiated by the province in which they had settled. Between 682-684, both the Yamato no Aya and the Kafuchi [Kauchi / Kawachi] no Aya, which had been atahi, and the Hata, which had been miyatsuko, became muraji. Eleven other shoban [continental origin] clans, including the Kudara no Miyatsuko, likewise became muraji (Miller 1974:191-193). Then in 685, the two Aya no Muraji, the Hata no Muraji, and another shoban muraji or two were elevated to imiki, the fourth ranking kabane (Miller 1974:197) |
Late 400s kuni no tami ‘”Vl–¯ kuni no jinmin |
Kojiki 3, Seinei, undated, late 400s |
Translation Then, at the time Yamabe no Muraji Otate was appointed the governor of the country (province) of Harima, [Otate] went to the new dwelling of a person of that country (province), by the name of Shijimu, and feasted [celebrated with drink, song, and dance]. Kanbun Ž¢ŽR•”˜A¬|A”CjŠÔš ”VÉŽžA“ž‘´š ”Vl–¯A–¼ŽuŽ©–´”VVŽºžÙB(NKBT 1:322) Yamato translation Shika ni Yamabe no Muraji Wotate wo Harima no Kuni no sokotomochi ni makeshi toki, sono kuni no tami, na wa Shijimu no nihimuro ni itarite utageshiki. (NKBT 1:323) Chamberlain's translation Then Wodate, Chief of the Mountain Clan, when appointed governor of the land of Harima, arrived just at [the time of] a rejoicing for the new cave of an inhabitant called Shizhimu. (Chamberlain 1932:396) Philippi's translation Wo-date, the muraji of the Yama-be, was appointed governor of the land of Parima. Comments"Tami" is the most common Yamato reading of –¯. Why "tami" is preferred as the reading of l–¯ by readers of Kojiki -- while readers of Nihon Shoki and some other texts prefer "hitokusa" if not "wohotakara" -- is not clear. There are several mentions of l–¯ in Kojiki. One report associated with the reign of Sujin (200s) speaks of the depletion of the population on account of many people dying during a series of epidemics. See 200s Epidemics deplete population (above) for another example of l–¯ read as "tami" and an example of Œö–¯ read as "ame no shita". However, most occurrences of l–¯ in Kojiki are associated with descriptions of their prosperity -- in the same Sujin story, for example, when the plagues ended and the "kokka" (‘‰Æ) -- "country" (Chamberlain 213), "nation" (Philippi 202) -- was at ease and tranquil (EEE“V‰º•½l–¯žÄEEEš ‰ÆˆÀ•½–ç) (NKBT 180). |
Nihon shoki
Unlike the Kojiki, which describes migration only in terms of some combination of "proceeding" (ŽQ) and "crossing" (“n) and "coming" (—ˆ) to Yamato, numerous Nihon shoki entries have people "submitting" or "throwing" and "changing".
The two most common compound actions used to characterize the Koreans and Chinese of various affiliations, who arrive in Yamato domains and remain presumably with the intention of remaining, are "submitting and changing" (‹A‰» kika) and "throwing and changing" (“Š‰» tōka). For more about these highly synonmymous terms, see "Kika" and "toka".
Age of gods Divine miscegenations in Nihon shoki |
Nihon shoki 1-2 |
For Nihon shoki versions of the miscegenations of the gods that are said to have been the progenitors of the imperial family, see the following article. The journey to Kasasa: |
Age of gods kuni no uchi no hitokusa ‘“àl–¯ kokunai no jinmin | ||||||||
Nihon shoki 1, Shindai-1, 5-dan, Honbun [Age of gods] | ||||||||
Texts and translations1. The kanbun text is a Shift-JIS version of the NKBT text. It is based on a cut-and-paste of the version posted at www.j-texts.com, which I vetted and edited against the NKBT text, changing punctuation as required, and adding code for a few "problematic" non-Shift-JIS characters not shown in the www.j-text.com version. Except for typographical and mechanical variations, the NKBT and www.j-text.com texts are identical. 2. The Yamato translation is my transliteration of the NKBT translation of the kanbun text. The romanization reflects the historical orthography of the NKBT translation. 3. The nihonshoki.wikidot.com translation is considerably looser than Aston's translation. It comes with two versions of the kanbun text -- one from miko.org", which features e-versions of a number texts from early Japan -- the other from www.j-texts.com, which has e-versions of a huge selection of historical Japanaese texts. 4. The miko.org version, like the NKBT text, shows older style characters, whereas the www.j-text.com version shows simplified newer style characters. Apart from such typographical differences, the two versions tend to handle "problematic" (unusual older, non-Shift-JIS) characters differently. miko.org sometimes swaps in a look-alike "proxy" character, while www.j-text.com describes the character in brackets. I have chosen to encode all such characters in the body of my otherwise Shift-JIS webpage. At times I have shown alternative texts in red. A good example of such variations is seen in the following representations of "Bird-Rock-Camphor-Boat" NKBT ’¹”Ö櫲¾‘D miko.org ’¹”Ö˜¬¾‘D www.j-text.com ’¹”Ö¬m–Ø{˜¬n¾“É‘D My version ’¹”Ö櫲¾(kusu “í)‘D CommentsSee entry on jinmin in Wamyō ruiju shō (below) for more information about the Yamato translation of Sino-Japanese "jinmin" (l–¯). |
Age of gods kuni no hitokusa ‘–¯ kokumin | ||||||||
Nihon shoki 1, Shindai-1, 5-dan, 1-sho dai-2 [Age of gods] | ||||||||
CommentsSee entry on kokumin in Shinsen Shōjiroku account of Wosa (Osa) (below) for more information about the Yamato translation of Sino-Japanese "kokumin" (‘–¯). See also entry on jinmin in Wamyō ruiju shō (below) for related information about the Yamato translation of Sino-Japanese "jinmin" (l–¯). |
Age of gods hitokusa ‘–¯ kokumin | ||||||
Nihon shoki 1, Shindai-1, 5-dan, 1-sho dai-6 [Age of gods] | ||||||
CommentsSee entry on kokumin in Shinsen Shōjiroku account of Wosa (Osa) (below) for more information about the Yamato translation of Sino-Japanese "kokumin" (‘–¯). See also entry on jinmin in Wamyō ruiju shō (below) for related information about the Yamato translation of Sino-Japanese "jinmin" (l–¯). |
Mid 200s Generals sent to pacify rioting people beyond the sea |
Nihon shoki 5, Sujin 10 Winter 10-1, BCE 88-11-15 [17] [mid 200s] |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded [his] generals and ministers and said, "Now those who have rebelled have completely prostrated to punishment [by death]. The inner provinces are without events. Only the rioting people beyond the sea [in remote territories], their rampages have not stopped. Generals of the four roads, now hasten and set out [to pacify them]." On the 22nd [day], the generals together set out on [their respective] roads. Kanbun ÙŒQbžHA¡”½ŽÒŽ»•šænB‹E“à–³Ž–B—BŠCŠOr‘Aéz“®–¢Ž~B‘´Žl“¹›’ŒR“™A¡šá¢”VB•¸ŽqA›’ŒR“™‹¤á¢˜HB(NKBT 67:249) Yamato translation Maetsukimi ni mikotonori shite notamahaku, "Ima somukerishi mono futsuku ni tsumi ni fusu. Uchitsukuni [Note 2] ni ha koto nashi. Tadashi wata no hoka [Note 3] no araburu hitodomo nomi, toyoku koto imada yamazu. Sore yotsu no michi no ikusa no kimitachi, ima tachimachi ni makare" to notamafu. Hinoene no hi ni, ikusa no kimitachi, tomo ni michitachi su. (NKBT 67:248) Aston's translation The Emperor gave command to his Ministers, saying:--"The rebels have now all yielded themselves to execution and there is peace in the home district. But the savage tribes abroad [Note 5] continue to be tumultuous. Let the generals of the four roads now make haste to set out." On the 22nd day, the four generals set out on their journeys simultaneously. (Aston 1:159) CommentsUchitsukuni (Kinai)Note 2 to the NKBT translation observes that ‹E“à -- which it renders "uchi-tsu-kuni", meaning "provinces within" or "inner provinces" -- is a Chinese-style term for the court's dominion. As a term used in Yamato texts, ‹E“à was used to mean, as it did in Chinese, a territory within the immediate jurisdiction of the court. During the Yamato, Nara, and Heian periods in Japan, it referred to the provinces of Yamato, Yamashiro, Kawachi, Izumi, and Settsu -- the heartland of the Yamato court, which moved its capital several times within Yamato (Asuka, Nara) and Yamashiro (Nagaoka, Kyoto). Today ‹E“à is usually read Kinai in Sino-Japanese. As a geographical term, it now refers more narrowly to the Keihanshin (‹žã_) area of Kyoto [kei], Osaka [han], and Kobe [shin] in the larger and more vaguely Kansai (ŠÖ¼) [west of the pass] region of Japan. Kinki (‹ß‹E) -- its counterpart, meaning "near [in and around] the [court, capital, inner] provinces" -- embraces 7 prefectures -- Kyoto, Hyogo, Shiga, Osaka, Nara, Mie, and Wakayama -- i.e., Kyoto and the prefectures immediately to its west and east (except Fukui), and all prefectures to its south, between the Japan Sea to the north and the Pacific Ocean to the south. Wata no hoka (kaigai)Note 3 the NKBT Yamato translation remarks that ŠCŠO -- which it renders "wata no hoka" -- means ‹EŠO (kigai) [outside the (sovereign's) dominion] as opposed to ‹E“à (kinai) [inside the (sovereign's) dominion] -- and not "umi no soto" [beyond the sea]. However, "wata no hoka" would also seem to mean "beyond the sea". Man'yōshū has numerous expressions like –È”V’ê and ŠC’ê, both read "wata no soko" and meaning "bottom of the sea" (see e.g. Man'yoshu 7, 1223 and 1290, as in NKBT 5, Man'yoshu 2). Note that "wataru" meaning "to cross [over]" contains the root "wata" and is written by graphs meaning to cross a sea, river, or other body of water, or an expanse like such, by some means such as a boat or bridge (“n‚é wataru) or on foot (‚é wataru). "Wata" [wada] appears to have the same linguistic roots as "pada" (바다), the Korean word for "sea". The Korean term for "opposite / across / beyond the sea" is "pada kŏnnŏ" (바다 건너). The Sino-Korean term is "haeoe" (ŠCŠO 해외). Some linguists (according to Kōjien) suspect that "wata" morphed from "wochi" (ƒ’ƒ`) meaning "far" (‰“< tooku). Note 5 to Aston's translation qualifies "abroad" -- its rendering of the term -- as follows. Lit. outside the sea. This is a Chinese expression which must not be taken too literally. The Ainos may be referred to. But the whole passage seems inspired by recollections from Chinese literature, and is probably entirely fictitious. However, the story might be a vestige of an oral account of conflict with people from across a strait between two territories. Or perhaps "wata" referred to what came to be called the Inland Sea, or even lake Biwa (which qualifies as an "umi"), if not a broad river that marked a boundary between the settled provinces and the unsettled territories at the time the story originated. Rioting people"Rioting people" reflects r‘ (kōzoku), or "araburu hitodomo" in the Yamato translation -- meaning "people who quarrel [row, riot]" -- i.e., rowdy, rambunctious people who rebel against the sovereign's will, go on rampages, or otherwise behave violently. ‘ (zoku) refers to ordinary people, commoners, the masses. Generals of the four roadsThe fours roads (Žl“¹ shidō) were the roads that led from the inner provinces to the outer provinces, namely (1) Hokuriku (–k—¤), north then northeast along what is now called the Japan Sea by Japan and the Easter Sea by the two Koreas, (2) Tōkai (“ŒŠC), northeast along or near the Pacific coast, (3) Seidō (¼“¹) or San'yō (ŽR—z), southwest along the Inland Sea, and (4) Tanba (’O”g) or San'in (ŽR‰A), north and then southwest along the Japan Sea. The generals («ŒR shōgun) of these roads were the commanders dispatched by Sujin to subdue the territories in the four directions from the inner provinces. |
Mid 200s Barbarians pacified and exotic people submit |
Nihon shoki 5, Sujin 11 Summer 4-28, BCE 87-6-7 [9] [mid 200s] |
Translation The generals of the four roads reported [to the soveriegn] the state of pacifying the barbarians. This year many exotic [other, different] people submitted, and the land was quiet and peaceful. Kanbun Žl“¹›’ŒRAˆÈ•½^ˆÎ”Vó‘tàB @¥ÎAˆÙ‘‘½ŸdAš “àˆÀ”JB(NKBT 67:249) Yamato translation Yotsu no michi no ikusa no kimi, hina wo muketaru katachi wo mote mousu. Kotoshi, atashi kuni no hito ooku maukite, kuni no uchi yasuraka nari. (NKBT 67:248) Aston's translation The generals of the four roads reported to the Emperor the circumstances of their pacification of the savages. This year strange tribes came in great numbers and there was tranquility throughout the land. (Aston 1:160) Commentssubmittedsubmitted reflects Ÿd (‹A ki), which the NKBT Yamato translation renders "maukite", a continuative form of "mauku", one of several related terms that are associated with ŽQ—ˆ (sanrai). Aston follows the convention of rendering ‹A, which in this case means something like "submit", as though it meant ŽQ—ˆ, which means simply "proceed and come" as when describing someone's visit to a higher status or sacred person or place. "barbarians"barbarians reflects ^ˆÎ (jūi), or "hina" in the Yamato translation. As a Chinese term, ^ (jū) refers to the four directions, and ˆÎ (i) is the general name for the different races to the east of China. Both ^ and ˆÎ are also used to graph the Yamato terms "ebisu" and variants like "emishi", which were used to refer to "ezo" or "Ainu". As a Yamato term, "hina" refers to the people of a rural or remote area (ç¿ hina), who have not yet come under the control of, or settled and edified by, an enlightened sovereign. exotic [other, different] people reflects ˆÙ‘ (izoku), or "atashi [adashi] kuni no hito" [people of other, different countries] in the Yamato translation. One gets the impression from this and many similar Yamato expressions (see other accounts in this article) that they have been contrived to interpret rather than closely translate the Chinese text. |
Mid 200s Rioting people appeased, exotic people submit and change |
Nihon shoki 5, Sujin 12 Spring 3-11, BCE 86-4-11 [13] [mid 200s] |
First use here of ‹A‰» (kika) meaning "submit and change [allegiance]" |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded, We . . . [We] also have passed down [our] teachings, and moreover have appeased the rioting people and with raised troops addressed [their] disobedience. Consequently, in government there is nothing wasted, below there are no idle people. Cultivation is spreading, and the masses enjoy their work. Exotic people with interpretors have come, and [people from] beyond the sea have already submitted and changed. Kanbun ÙA’½ . . . B–’‚‹³AŽ§ãVr‘A¨•ºˆÈ“¢•s•žB¥ˆÈAŠ¯–³œEŽ–A‰º–³ˆí–¯B‹³‰»—¬sAOŽžÙ‹ÆBˆÙ‘d桘ÒAŠCŠOŠùŸd‰»B. . . B(NKBT 67:249) Yamato translation Mikotonori suraku [Note 7], "Ware, . . . Mata nori wo tarete, araburu hitodomo wo yasumi shi, ikusa wo agete matsurohanu wo utsu. Koko wo mote, ohoyake ni [Note 9] sutaretaru koto naku, shimo ni kakururu tami nashi. Omobukuru koto yukiokonaharete, ohomitakara waza wo tanoshibu. Atashi kuni no hito [Note 11] mo wosa wo kasanete mauku. Watanohoka made mo sude ni mauomobukinu. . . . (NKBT 67:248) Aston's translation The following decree was issues:-- " . . . We have also dispensed Our instructions and thus pacified the savage tribes, and by force of arms have chastised those who refused submission. In this way authority has been maintained, while below there are no retired people. Education is widespread; the multitude take delight in their industries; [Note 3] strange tribes come employing several interpreters; the countries beyond the sea offer allegiance. . . ." (Aston 1:160) CommentsFlattering HanshuMikotonori suraku Note 7 to NKBT's Yamato translation shows that the first part of this account, which I have omitted but marked with ellipses ( . . . ), is based on an imperial pronouncment in the chronicle on Cheng Di (r32-7 BCE) in Hanshu [Book of Han], a history of the western or former Han dynasty (BCE 206-9 CE). The history was begun by Ban Biao (Pan Piao, 3-54 CE), continued by his son Ban Gu (Pan Ku, 32-92 CE), and finished by his daughter Ban Zhao (Pan Chao, 35-100 CE). The NKBT compilers cite the relevant lines from Hanshu after stating that Nihon shoki compilers write the omitted passage in order to set the stage for events described a bit later in the chapter on Sōjin's reign. (NKBT 67:248, note 7) In fact, lines from a number of Chinese dynastic histories and other texts have been woven into the Nihon shoki to make it appear as though Yamato generally, and the Yamato court in particular, had been as sophisticated as China and Chinese courts. Sometimes Chinese sources were paraphrased, but mostly they were copied in a manner that today would draw a lawsuit for plagiary. At the same time, such passages are evidence that Nihon shoki compilers were thoroughly versed in Chinese historiography. Their mandate to write a history of the Yamato court probably carried with it an obligation to show their mastery of Chinese learning. Why bother to write such a history in Chinese, if not to flatter the continental sources of wisdom then spreading throughout Yamato's dominion? The main reason most people learned Latin through classical texts was to later display (and thereby transmit) their knowledge -- pretty much as I am doing now with my limited command of archaic languages I neither speak or write, nor read with ease. Assimilation as a measure of successohoyake ni Note 9 to NKBT's Yamato translation shows that the lines which I have translated "in government . . . enjoy their work" are practically identical to lines from the Hongjia 2-3 [19 BCE] section of Hanshu. Note 3 to Aston's translation makes the following observation about the same lines. From "authority" to "industries" is copied from a Chinese History of the Han Dynasty. The whole decree is utterly impossible as a document of Japanese History at this period. It is as Chinese as can be. To put all this in perspective -- the compilers of the Nihon shoki, working in the late 7th and early 8th centuries, have put into the mouth of a Yamato sovereign who probably reigned no earlier than the middle of the 3rd century, words attributed by 1st-century-CE Chinese historians to a 1st-century-BCE Chinese sovereign. Presumably Aston thinks the decree or edict (Ù shō, mikotonori) is "utterly impossible" because the thinking behind it did not exist in Yamato during Sujin's times. It did, however, exist by the time the Nihon shoki was written. And while the Sinified praise of Sujin's rule may be entirely ahistorical, it reflects how his successors measured his success, to wit: The Yamato court is virtuous to the degree that overseas and other exotic people want to submit to its rule and assimilate into its dominion. Exotic people [from] beyond the seaAtashi kuni no hito Note 11 to NKBT's Yamato translation makes the following remark about ˆÙ‘ (izoku) read "atashikuni no hito" [exotic people] and ŠCŠO (kaigai) read "wata no hoka" [beyond the sea]. There are no entries about of foreigners (ŠO‘l gaikokujin) coming to the court (—ˆ’© raichō) or submitting and changing (‹A‰» kika) until this. Or does this refer to the account of the subjugation outside the [sovereign's] dominion (‹EŠO•ž‘® kigai fukuzoku) by the generals of the four roads (Žl“¹«ŒR shidō shōgun)? |
276 People from four Korean polities come to court and build pond |
Nihon shoki 10, Ōjin 7 Autumn 9, 276-9/10 |
Translation Komans [Koryoans], Kudarans [Paekcheans], Mimanans [Imnans], and Shiragians [Sillans] together came to the court. Then [the sovereign] ordered Takeshiuchi no Sukune to lead the various Karans [Koreans] and build a pond. For [this] reason [Consequently], [they] named the pond and titled [it] Karan [Korean] Pond Kanbun ‚—ílE•SÏlE”C“ßlEV—…lA•À—ˆ’©BŽž–½•“àh”HA—Ì”ŠØl“™ì’rBˆöˆÈA–¼’r†ŠØl’rB(NHBT 67:367) Yamato translation Komabito, Kudarabito, Mimanabito, Shirakihito, narabi ni maukeri. Toki ni Takeshiuchi no Sukune ni mikotonori shite, moromoro no Karabito ra wo hikiwite ike wo tsukurashimu. Yorite, ike wo nadzukete Karabito ike to ifu. (NHBT 67:366) Aston's translation Men of Koryo, men of Pèkché, men of Imna, and men of Silla [Note 3] all together attended the Court. Orders were then given to Takechi no Sukune to take these various men of Han and make them dig a pond. Therefore the pond was given a name, and was called the pond of the men of Han. [Note 4] (Aston 1:257) Silla [Note 3] "The traditional kana rendering has Koma, Kudara, Mimana and Shiraki." CommentsSee 300s Shiragians build pond for the Kojiki version of this story. Came to the courtThe NKBT Yamato translation reduces "raichō" (—ˆ’©) to "mauku", which is also used to translate ŽQ—ˆ (sanrai), meaning "proceed and come" (see above). Today this would be something like "maitte kuru" or just "mairu", meaning a coming (going) to a prestigeous or sacred place. As will be evident throughout this article, the received Yamato translations tend to conflate related but different Chinese expressions into fewer Yamato terms. |
283
Kudara king presents Hata seamstress to court 283 Kudara prince submits but his people are stranded |
Nihon shoki 10, Ōjin 14 Spring 2, 283-3/4 |
Contrast of —ˆ‹A (raiki) and ‹A‰» (kika) in same story |
Translation The king of Kudara [Paekche] presented [as tribute] a woman who sews clothes. [She is] called Maketsu. She is the first ancestor of the present clothes sewer of Kume. / This year, the prince of Yutsuki came from Kudara [Paekche] and submitted [his allegiance]. Accordingly he reported [to the sovereign] and said, "I led the people of 120 districts of my own land and [they were to] submit and change [their allegiance]. However, owing to the prevention of [by] Shiragians [Sillans], all remained in the land of Kara [Kaya]." Hereupon [the sovereign] dispatched Kazuraki no Sotsubiko and summoned the people of Yutsuki in Kara [to Yamato]. However, three years passed and Sotsubiko had not come [back]. Kanbun •SàZ‰¤v–DˆßH—BžHáÁ–Ñ’ÃB¥¡˜Ò–ڈߖD”VŽn–çB¥ÎA‹|ŒŽŒNŽ©•SàZ˜ÒŸdBˆöˆÈ‘t”VžHAb—̌Ț ”Vl•v•S“ùãpŽ§Ÿd‰»B‘RˆöV—…l”V‹‘AŠF—¯‰Á—…š BৌŠ‹éP’ÕFAŽ§¢‹|ŒŽ”Vl•v‰—‰Á—…B‘RãSŽO”NAŽ§P’ÕF•s˜ÒàB(NKBT 67:371) Yamato translation Kudara no Kokishi, kinunuhiwomina wo tatematsu. Maketsu to ifu. Kore, ima no Kume no Kinunuhi no hajime no oya nari. / Kotoshi, Yutsuki no Kimi, Kudara yori maukeri. Yorite maushite mausaku, "Yatsukare, ono ga kuni no tami momo-amari-hatachi no kohori wo hikinute mauku. Shikaredomo Shirakihito no fuseku ni yorite, mina Kara no kuni ni todomareri" to mausu. Koko ni Kadzuraki no Sotsubiko wo tsukaha shite, Yutsuki no tami wo Kara ni mesu. Shikaredomo mitose furu made ni, Sotsubiko maukozu. (NKBT 67:370) Aston's translation The King of Pèkché sent as tribute a seamstress named Maketsu. She was the first ancestress of the present seamstresses of Kume. This year the Lord of Yutsuki came from Pèkché and offered his allegiance. According he addressed the Emperor, saying:--"Thy servant was coming to offer allegiance with one hundred and twenty districts of the people of his own land, when the men of Silla prevented them, and they were all forced to remain in the land of Kara." Hereupon Katsuraki no Sotsuhiko was sent to bring the men of Yutsuki from Kara. Now three years passed, and Sotsuhiko did not come. (Aston 1:261) CommentsMaketsu and KumeNothing more is known about Maketsu. This is the first of several accounts of clothes sewers and weavers, among others with skills in high demand, who came to Yamato, were assigned to work somewhere, and were remembered as the founders of a family of like artisans. Yūryaku 14 Spring 1-13 mentions "Aya [Han] weavers and Kure [Wu] weavers, as well as the clothes sewers Ehime and Otohime" (NKBT 67:370, note 10, 490-491). Kume was a village in the province of Yamato. The locality is now associated with Kume-cho in Kashihara city in Nara prefecture. (NKBT 67:370, note 10, 490-491) Conflation of —ˆ‹A, ‹A‰», and —ˆHere we see very clearly the function of ‹A (ki) in Chinese -- if we ignore the Japanese translation, which reduces both —ˆ‹A (raiki) and ‹A‰» (kika) to "mauku" (come) -- the same expression used to render —ˆ’© (raichō) in the preceding account -- and embraces the —ˆ of •s—ˆ into this conflation. While true that one has to "come" in order to submit and change allegiance, conflation of a variety of expressions in Chinese to a single expression in Yamato (or in Japanese) results in loss of detail. Though readers of a translation that shows the original text may notice the graphs and thereby appreciate the nuances, popular adaptations are likely to replace less familiar expressions with “n—ˆ (torai) and ‹A‰» (kika) -- the terms most commonly encountered in present-day textbooks in Japan. |
289 Ancestors of Yamato no Aya come and submit |
Nihon shoki 10, Ōjin 20 Autumn 9, 289-10/11 |
Translation The Yamato no Aya no Atai ancestor Achi no Omi, and his son Tsuka no Omi, together lead 17 districts of their own confederates, and came and submitted. Kanbun ˜`Š¿’¼‘cˆ¢’mŽgŽåA‘´Žq“s‰ÁŽgŽåA•À—¦ŒÈ”Vê}—Þ\ŽµãpAŽ§˜ÒŸdàB(NKBT 67:375) Yamato translation Yamato no Aya no Atahi no oya Achi no Omi, sono ko Tsuka no Omi, narabi ni ono ga tomogara [Note 4] towo-amari-nanatsu no kohori wo wite, maukeri. (NKBT 67:374) Aston's translation Achi no Omi, ancestor of the Atabe of the Aya of Yamato, and his son Tsuga no Omi immigrated to Japan, bringing with them a company of their people of seventeen districts. (Aston 1:264-265) CommentsAccount of massive migrationNote 4 to NKBT's Yamato translation contends that there was no massive migration to from the peninsula at the time of this account. Is contending that [the two Aya men] came with so many people in attendance a reflection of the situation after the 6th century, when [Yamato] came to embrace numerous kika-related minor clans [kouji] (e.g., Ayahito, Suguri) and guild people [bemin] (e.g., Ayabe)? A list [of these clans and guild people] can be seen in lost text (ˆí•¶ itsubun) of the Shōjiroku (©Ž˜^) cited in the Sakanoue keizu (âãŒn}). "Sakanoue keizu" is a genealogy of the Sakanoue clan, which is associated with migrants from the Korean peninsula. The genealogy reportedly claims that the clan descended from Achi no Omi, hence its mention in the above note. A copy of the genealogy can be found inZoku Gunsho ruijū (‘±ŒQ‘—Þ]), Volume 7, Part 2. Apparently it includes information that is thought to have been part of the original Shinsen Shōjiroku (Vï©Ž˜^), which survives only in the form of a catalog of excerpts. Sakanoue no TamuramaroThe most famous member of the clan was Sakanoue no Tamuramaro (âã“c‘º–ƒ˜C 758-811). He is known for having built the first Kiyomizudera in Kyoto. He is better known, though, as a general sent north by Emperor Kanmu to suppress the indigenous Emishi (‰ÚˆÎ). This continued to be his mission in the service of Heizei, Kanmu's older son, and Saga, a younger son. The sibling princes did not get along. Tamuramaro also served Kanmu's father Kōnin. That Kanmu should entrust a vital military mission to someone of peninsular ancestry is not suprising. The Shoku Nihongi, which Kanmu commissioned shortly after his mother died, clearly states that she was a descendant of a Paekche king and even gives details of her lineage -- a well-known fact publicly broached by Akihito in 2001. Fujiwara no Tsugutada, one of the compilers, was also of Paekche ancestry, as were many members of the Fujiwara clan, including the Fujiwara daughters who became consorts of future sovereigns and other princes. Sakanoue no Tamuramaro was also known as Sakanoue no Karitamaro, at times his name included Ōimiki (‘åŠõ¡), a kabane title. In a 785 note concerning a promotion of Sakanoue Ōimiki no Karitamaro (âã‘åŠõ¡Š¡“c–ƒ˜C) and others, the Shoku Nihongi observes that Sakanoue's clan (–{) had descended from Achi Ō (ˆ¢’q‰¤), a great-grandchild of the Later [Eastern] Han Emperor Ling (ŒãŠ¿—ì’é 156-189, r168-189) (Shoku Nihongi 38, Enryaku 4-6-10, 785-7-24 [20], SZKT SN-2:508, b“™–{¥ŒãŠ¿—ì’é”V‘\‘·ˆ¢’q‰¤”VŒã–ç). Yamato no Atahi name ascribed to was one of several that migrated to Yamato bringing their learning and skills as craftsmen and scribes. SuguriSuguri [village chief] is an early kabane from Korea. Nihon shoki associates it with a guild of scribes [fumibe, fumihito] apparently in Kafuchi, Yamato (Yuryaku 2-10 [458], NKBT 67:465 and note 25, Aston 1:340-341). Ahistorical translationThough Aston has previously rendered "raiki" (—ˆ‹A) as "came and offered allegiance", here he prefers "immigrated to Japan" -- which is doubly achronistic, since "immigration" is a modernesque term, and "Japan" does not qualify as another name for Yamato for another two or three centuries. |
464
Shiraki countrymen kill deceitful Komans in Shiraki kunibito ‘l kokunin, kokujin |
Nihon shoki 14, Yōraku 8-2 464-2/3 |
Translation Hereupon, the Shiraki king said [he] knew Koma was faking [its] defense [of Shiraki], and dispatched a messenger to run and inform countrymen (Shirakians), and say "The people are to kill the males of the chickens (the cocks) being raised in [their] homes." The [Shiraki] countrymen knew the meaning [of this], and [they] entirely killed the Komans who had been [placed] in the country [by Koma] [under the false pretense of protecting Shiraki]. Kanbun ‰—¥AV—…‰¤”T’m‚—í‹UŽçAŒŽg’y‘lžHAlŽE‰Æ“àŠ—{Œ{”V—YŽÒB‘l’mˆÓAsŽE‘“àŠ—L‚—ílB(NKBT 67:479) Yamato translation Koko ni, Shiraki no kokishi, sunahachi Koma no itsuhari mamoru koto wo shirite, tsukahi wo tsukahashite hasete kunihito ni tsugete ihaku, "Hito, ihe no uchi ni yashinafu tori no wotori wo korose" to ifu. Kunihito, kokoro wo shirite, kotogotoku ni kuni no uchi ni aru Komahito wo korosu. (NKBT 67:478) Aston's translation Hereupon the King of Silla knew that Koryö's guard was mere pretence, and sent messengers to run and tell the people to kill the cocks kept in their houses. The people knew his meaning, and killed all the men of Koryö [Note 2] resident in the country. (Aston 1:351) [Aston Note 2] Kokuryö, the proper name of this country, resembles the onomatopoetic word for the crowing of a cock: English, cock-a-doodle-doo; French, kokeruko; Japanese, Bekkakō. (Aston 1: 352) Comments |
467 Kure man escapes from Kudara |
Nihon shoki 14, Yūryaku 11 Autumn 7, 467-8/9 |
Translation There existed [a person] who escaped, changed, and came [to Yamato] from Kudara [Paekche]. [He] styled himself by the name of Kuwishin. [He] is also styled as Kuwishin, a person of the country of Kure [Wu]. Ihare no Kure no Kotohiki, Sakate no Yakatamaro, and others, are his descendants. Kanbun —L]•SÏ‘“¦‰»—ˆŽÒBŽ©Ì–¼žH‹MMB–”Ì‹MMŒà‘l–çB”Ö—]Œà‹Õ’e壃Žè‰®Œ`–ƒ˜C“™A¥‘´Œã–çB(NKBT 67:359) Yamato translation Kudara no kuni yori nigemaukeru hito ari. Midzukara nanorite Kuwishin to ifu. Mata ihaku, Kuwishin ha Kure no kuni no hito nari to ifu. Ihare no Kure no Kotohiki / Sakate no Yakatamaro ra ha, kore sono nochi nari. (NKBT 67:486) Aston's translation There was a refugee from Pékchè who gave his name as Kwisin. It was also stated that Kwisin was a man of the Land of Wu. The Ihare no Kure [Note 2] no Kotobiki and the Sakate no Yakata-maro are his descendants. (Aston 1:359) Kure [Note 2] "Kure is the same as Wu, a part of China. Kotobiki means lute-player. It came to be a proper name." Commentsescape, change, comeThe NKBT Yamato translation fuses "escape, change, come" (“¦‰»—ˆ) into a compound verb which retains this sequence of three actions in relation to "from Kudara" (]•SÏ‘). Aston renders this action as an explanation ("refugee"), thus interpreting rather than translating the text. See 300s Shiragians build pond in the Kojiki for a similar three-graph expression. |
471-472 Three accounts of Hata and Aya administration |
471
Hata dispersed then put under their own titled leader Nihon shoki 14, Yuryaku 15, 471 |
Translation The Hata people [Hada no tami] were dispersed [to local] Omi, Muraji, and others, and each [local offical] according to [his] desire drove and used [them]. [They] did not delegate [entrust, leave] [matters to] the Hata no Miyatsuko. Because of this the Hata no Miyatsuko Sake with excess became distressed [concerned] [became very concerned], and [he] rendered [services] to the sovereign [sumera mikoto > tennō]. The sovereign loved and favored this. [The sovereign] commanded [his ministers] to assemble the Hata people, and [he] granted [them] to the head [kimi] of the Hata no Sake. The head accordingly led and commanded 180 kinds of superior [craftsmen], and [he] offerred and presented tax and tribute of silk and fabrics, and [they] packed and piled [up in] [filled] the court. Consequently [the sovereign] granted [him] the title [kabane] called Utsumasa. < One [text] says, Utsumorimasa, and [this] is a form of everything filling and piling. > Kanbun `–¯•ªŽUb˜A“™AŠe—~‹ìŽgB–܈Ï`‘¢B—R¥A`‘¢ŽðrˆÈˆ×—JAŽ§Žd‰—“VcBXXˆ¤’ž”VBÙãÚ`–¯AŽ’‰—`ŽðŒöBX˜¹—Ì—¦•S”ª\ŽíŸA•òŒ£—f’²Œ¦縑A[Ï’©’ëBˆöŽ’©žHâZ“¤–ƒ²B < ˆê‰]AâZ“¤•ê—˜–ƒ²AŠF‰mÏ”V–e–çB > (NKBT 67:493, 495) Yamato translation Hada no tami wo Omi Muraji ra ni akachite, Onoono negahi no manima ni tsukamatsurashimu. Hada no Miyatsuko no yuta ni shimezu. Kore ni yorite, Hada no Miyatsuko Sake, nihesa ni mote urehe to shite, Sumera Mikoto ni tsukahematsuru. Sumera Mikoto, utsukushibi megumitamafu. Mikotonori shite Hata no tami wo torite, Hada no Sake no Kimi ni tamafu. Kimi, yorite momo-amari-yaso no suguri wo hikiwite, chikaratsuki no kinu katori wo tatematsurite, Mikado ni tsumu. Yorite kabane wo tamahite Utsumasa to ifu. < Aru ni ihaku, Utsumorimasa to iheru ha, mina mitetsumeru katachi nari. > (NKBT 67:493-494) Aston's translation The Hada House [Note 4] was dispersed. The Omi and Muraji each enforced their services at pleasure, and would not allow the Hada no Miyakko to control them. Consequently Sake, Hada no Miyakko, made a great grievance of this, and took office with the Emperor. The Emperor loved and favored him, and commanded that the Hada House should be assembled and given to Lord Sake of Hada. So this Lord, attended by excellent Be workmen of 180 [Note 1] kinds, presesnted as industrial taxes fine silks, which were piled up so as to fill the Court. Therefore he was granted a title, viz. Udzu-masa. < Some say Udzumori masa, the appearance of all being piled up so as to fill. [Note 2] > (Aston 1:364) Hada House [Note 4] "Hada. Several families of this name are mentioned in the "Seishiroku." ["(Shinsen) shōjiroku"] They were believed to be descended from She Hwang-Ti, the celebrated Chinese Emperor of the T'sin dynasty, who regined B.C. 221- to 209." 180 [Note 1] "180 is, of course, a fancy number." Some say Udzumori masa, the appearance of all being piled up so as to fill. [Note 2] "This is an attempt to connect this name with tsumoru, to be piled up." CommentsUtsumasa as UtsumorimasaAs Aston observes, the interlineal comment at the end of this account reflects an effort to name the actor (Utsumasa) after his act (Utsumorimasa). In the comment, "Utsu-mori-masa" is being equated with "mina-mite-tsume" since (1) "utsu" = "mina" (ŠF) meaning "everything", (2) "mori" = "mite" (‰m) meaning "filling" (< mitsu, to fill), and (3) "masa" = "tsume" (Ï) meaning "piling" (< tsumu, to pile). "Mitetsumeru" in the Yamato translation is the attributive form (˜A‘ÌŒ` rentaikei) of "mitetsumu" -- i.e., "mitetsume + ru". |
472
Hata people again dispersed and obliged to pay taxes Nihon shoki 14, Yuryaku 16 Autumn 7, 472-8/9 |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded the provinces and districts suitable for mulberries to plant mulberries. [He] again dispersed and moved the Hata people and made them offer tax and tribute. Kanbun ÙA‹XŒK‘Œ§BŒKB–”ŽU‘J`–¯AŽgŒ£—f’²B(NKBT 67:495) Yamato translation Mikotonori shite, kuha ni yoki kuni agata ni shite kuwa wo uweshimu. Mata Hada no tami wo akachite utsushite, chikaratsuki wo tatematsurashimu. (NKBT 67:494) Aston's translation The Emperor ordered those provinces and districts which were suitable for mulberry trees to plant mulberry trees. He again dispersed to other places the Hada House, and made them bring tribute of industrial taxes. (Aston 1:365) |
472
Head of Aya guild established and granted title Nihon shoki 14, Yuryaku 16 Winter 10, 472-11/12 |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded [his ministers] to assemble the Aya guild [Ayabe] and establish its Tomo no Miyatsuko. [He] granted [the Aya no Tomo no Miyatsuko clan] the title [kabane] of Atahi. Kanbun ÙAãÚŠ¿•”A’è‘´”º‘¢ŽÒBŽ’©žH’¼B < ˆê‰]AŽ’AŠ¿ŽgŽå“™AŽ’©žH’¼–çB > (NKBT 67:495) Yamato translation Mikotonari, "Ayabe wo tsudohete, sono Tomo no Miyatsuko no hito wo sadame yo" to no tamaheri. Kabane wo tamahite Atahe to ifu. < Aru ni ihaku, tamafu to ha, Aya no Omi ra ni, kabane wo tamahite Atahe to ifuzo. > (NKBT 67:494) Aston's translation The Emperor ordered the Aya Be to be brought together, and established their Tomo no Miyakko, granting him the title of Atahe. < One book says:--"Granted the Aya no Omi the title of Atahe." > (Aston 1:365) |
505 Son of Kudara prince becomes progenitor of Yamato no Kimi |
Nihon shoki 16, Buretsu 7 Summer 4, 505-5/6 |
Translation The king of Kudara sent prince Shiga and offerred tribute. Separately [he] wrote and said, "Mana, the envoy who previously offerred tribute, was not a [member of the] bone-clan of the head of the country of Kudara. Hence [I] respectfully send Shiga [who] will carry out matters [perform duties, serve] at [your] court." Then [Shiga] had a son, [and he] is called prince Hōshi. [He] is the progenitor of [the] Yamato no Kimi [clan]. Kanbun •Sω¤ŒŠú‰äŒNi’²B•Ê•\žHA‘Oi’²Žg–ƒ“ߎÒA”ñ•SÏ‘Žå”Vœ‘°–çBŒÌ‹ÞŒŽz‰ä•òŽ–‰—’©B‹—LŽqAžH–@ŽtŒNB¥˜`ŒN”Væ–çB(NKBT 68:17) Yamato translation Kudara no Kokishi, Shiga kishi wo madashite, mitsukitatematsuru. Koto ni fumitatematsurite mausaku, "Saki ni mitsukitatematsureru tsukahi Mana ha, Kudara no kuni no nirimu [Note 8] no yakara [Note 9] ni arazu. Kare, tsutsushimite Shiga wo madashite, mikado ni tsukaetatematsurashimu" to mausu. Tsuhi ni ko arite, Hofushi-kishi to ifu. Kore Yamato no Kimi [Note 10] no oya nari. (NKBT 68:16). nirimu [Note 8] refers to Headnote 36 of the preceding page, which states that "nirimu" (Žå) reflects old Korean "nirim", meaning the "head" of a country (‘Žå). The note suggests that this term is reflected in present-day Korean "nim" (and "im"), which is suffixed to names like "san" in Japanese. yakara [Note 9] states that "yakara" (œ‘°) or "bone clan" (œ‘° yakara) reflects an old Korean word, in which "ya" means "house" (‰Æ) and "kara" means clan, family, faction and the like, related to Manchurian and Mongolian "hala". Yamato no Kimi [Note 10] states that "Yamato no kimi" (˜`ŒN) is not seen elsewhere, then cites the following line from the Sakyō shoban (¶‹ž””×) section of the Shōjiroku. ˜a’©bAoŽ©•SÏ‘“s•ç‰¤\”ª¢‘·•”J‰¤–ç See 779 Yamato no Asomi in Shinsen Shōjiroku (below) for details. NKBT Note 10 also observes that Yamato no Asomi was a descendent of Junda [Sunta], a son of Munei [Munyŏng], and that ordinarily such a rank would follow "Yamato no Fubito" (˜aŽj). Or, it speculates, there may be a link between "Yamato no kimi" and "Yamato no Asomi". Aston's translation The King of Pèkché sent Lord Shika with tribute, and a separate memorial, saying:--"Mana, the previous tribute-messenger, was no relation to the Sovereigns of Pèkché. Therefore I humbly send Shika to wait upon the Court." He eventually had a son named Lord Pöp-să. He was the ancestor of the Kimi of Yamato. (Aston 1:406) See 779 Yamato no Asomi entery in Shinsen Shōjiroku. |
513 Prince Junda (Sunta) passes |
Nihon shoki 17, Keitai 7, Fall 8-26, 513-10-13 [11] |
Translation Kudara [Paekche] prince Junda [Sunta] passes away. Kanbun •SÏ‘¾Žq~‘ÉåIB(NKBT 68:29) Yamato translation Kudara no koniseshimu [Note 13] Junda miusenu. (NKBT 68:28) koniseshimu [Note 13] glosses the title "koniseshimu" as an old Korean expression. It states that "koni" means "great" (‘å), wonders if "seshimu" means "prince" (‰¤Žq), and says that here the title refers to a "crown prince" (c‘¾Žq). NKBT Note 13 goes on at length about the Shoku Nihongi account which states that Niigasa [Nihikasa] was a descendant of Prince Junda (the headnote has ƒ‘É rather than ƒ陁). The note alleges that the SN account held Niigasa's ancestors to be "Yamato no Fubito" (˜aŽj), then remarks that "fubito" (Žj) is thought to be too low a kabane (©) for a descendant of a Paekche prince. Aston's translation Syun-ta, the eldest son of the King of Pèkché, died. (Aston 2:9) |
530 Status of child born in Mimana (Imna) to Kara wife of Yamato man |
Nihon shoki 17, Keitai 24 Autumn 9, 530-10/11 |
Translation A Mimana [Imna] envoy reported [to the court] and said, "Kena no Omi . . . . [He] does not attend to his official duties. It happens that Yamatoan and Mimanan [Imnan] people often produce children, disputes [concerning such offspring] are difficult to settle, and from the beginning there have not been any competent rulings. Kena no Omi likes to set up trials of boiling water, and says, 'Those who are truthful will not be scalded.' Those who are deceitful will definitely be scalded. Consequently, many have been thrown in boiling water, been scalded, and died. And [he] killed Natari and Shifuri, the Kara [Korea] children of Kibi. < [When] where a Great Yamato person [Yamatoan] has taken as his wife a barbaria [barbarian] woman [a woman of a neighboring (Kara) country] [a Karan woman] there is born [a child], [it] is a Kara child >. . . ." Mimana is the Yamato reading of ”C“ß, read "Imna" in Sino-Korean. Mimanan reflects ”C“ßl, read "Mimana no hito" [people of Mimana (Imna)] in the Yamato translation. Yamatoan refects “ú–{l read "Yamatohito" [Yamato person] in Yamato or "Nihonjin" [Nihon person, Nipponese, Japanese] in Sino-Japanese. It is generally assumed that, while Chinese graphs were used to represent the names of entities, places, and persons, the names would have been vocalized in Yamato. Kara child reflects ŠØŽq, read "Karako" in Yamato. See comments on "Karako" below barbaria woman reflects ”×— read "tonariguni no me" [woman of neighboring country]. See notes elsewhere on the ramifications of ”× as a term for a peripheral backward territory or "barbaria" -- regarded as such by people who regard their country as the center and source of civilization. Great Yamato person reflects ‘å“ú–{l read "Oho Yamato no hito" in Yamato, "Dai Nihon no hito" [person of Great Nihon] in mixed Sino-Japanese and Yamato. Kanbun ”C“ߎg‘t‰]A–Ñ–ìb . . . BœïããàBৈȓú–{läo”C“ßlA•pˆÈ™Z‘§AæyדAŒ³–³”\”»B–Ñ–ìbžÙ’u¾“’žHA›‰ŽÒ•sà£B‹•ŽÒ•Kà£B¥ˆÈA“Š“’࣎€ŽÒOB–”ŽE‹g”õŠØŽq“ß‘½—˜EŽz•z—˜A < ‘å“ú–{lA›W”×—Š¶Aਊ؎q–ç > B. . . B(NKBT 68:43, 45) Yamato translation Mimana no tsukahimaushite mausaku, "Kena no omi, . . . . Matsurigoto wo kiku ni yosohoshimisu. Koko ni Yamatohito to, Mimana no hito to no, shikiri ni koumeru wo mote, aragafu koto sadamegataki wo mote, hajime yori kotowaru koto nashi. Kena no Omi, konomite ukehiyu okite ihaku, 'Makoto naramu mono ha tadarezu. Itsuhari aramu mono ha kanarazu tadaremu' to ifu. Koko wo mote, yu ni meshite tadareshinuru mono ohoshi. Mata Kibi no Karako Natari, Shifuri wo koroshi, < Oho Yamato no hito, tonariguni no me wo torite umeru wo, Karako to su > . . . . (NKBT 68:43-44) Aston's translation An envoy from Imna made representation to the Emperor, saying:--" . . . . [Keno no Omi] is remiss in the discharge of his Governmental duties. Now there are frequent disputes between the people of Japan and the people of Imna respecting children, which are difficult to settle. None of these has ever been decided. Kena no Omi is fond of setting (the caldrons for) the ordeal of boiling water, and saying:--'Those who are in the right will not be scalded: those who are false will certainly be scalded.' Owing to this many persons have been scalded to death by plunging into the hot water. Moreover he has put to death Natari and Sapuri, Corean children of Kibi." < The children born of Japanese marriages with barbarian women were accounted Kara-ko. > . . . (Aston 2:22) CommentsSee the "6th century" section of Belonging in Japan past and present: Before and after "nationality" and "citizenship" for a fuller discussion of the this account and its context. Karako"Kara" (ŠØ) could mean "Korea" generally but probably refers only to the several smaller countries that were part of or near Mimana on the southernmost part of the peninsula with which Yamato was most intimately engaged. These countries included Kaya (‰¾–ë, ‰¾倻), which is often equated with ‰Á—… (Kara), which is sometimes the name for the entire group of smaller countries that partly or entirely formed Mimana. The "ko" (Žq) could mean "child" or "offspring" without regard to sex, but in many classical and even in some present-day contexts it refers to a patrilineal male descendant or son. The "kara" (ŠØ) of Karako (ŠØŽq) is the "han" of Hanguk (ŠØ‘ 한국) and the "kan" of Kankoku (ŠØ‘ ‚©‚ñ‚±‚), the Sino-Korean and Sino-Japanese names for the Republic of Korea. There was, of course, no "Korea" at the time -- north, south, east, or west. In fact, the term ŠØ‘ (Karakuni) appears in Nihon shoki only as part of the personal name of a servant of the court. A 672 account in Nihon shoki reports the feats of Iki no Fubito Karakuni (šãŠêŽjŠØš ), who is described only as a general of Ōmi (‹ß] Afumi) province (NS 28, Tenmu 1-7-23, 672-8-24 [21], NKBT 68:400-405, Aston 2:315-318). The term "Karako" appears in earlier (464 and 465) accounts of the Nihon shoki as the name of Soga no Karako no Sukune (‘h‰äŠØŽqh”H), an ancestor of the Sogas who figured so prominently in the turbulent birth of Japan from a Yamato belly impregnated by India through China, and by China through Korea. See Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for an account of the fate of Soga no Karako's descendants, a few of which also had Koreanesque names. |
540 Kochifu from Kudara (Paekche) settled in Yamamura |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 1-2, 540-2/3 |
Translation Kudara [Paekche] person Kochifu throws [submits, presents] [himself] [to the sovereign, the court] and changes [his allegiance]. [The sovereign, the court] puts him in Yamamura in Sofunokami district [Note A] in Yamato province. [He] is the ancestor of the present Kochifu of Yamamura. Kanbun •SÏlŒÈ’m•”“Š‰»B’u˜`‘“YãŒSŽR‘ºB¡ŽR‘ºŒÈ’m•””Væ–çB(NKBT 68:65) Yamato translation Kudara no hito Kochifu, onodzukara maukeri. Yamato no kuni no Sofunokami no Kohori no Yamamura ni haberashimu. Ima no Yamamura no Kochifu no oya nari. (NKBT 68:64) Aston's translation A man of Pèkché named Kwi-chi-pu came over as an emigrant. He was settled in Yamamura, in the district of Sofu no Kami, in the province of Yamato. He was the ancestor of the present Kochifu [Note 3] of Yamamura. (Aston 2:38) Kochifu Aston Note 3 says "The tradition Japanese rendering of the Corean name Kwuichipu." CommentsSofunokamiTranslation Note A Sofunokami district (“YãŒS Sofu-no-kami no koori) in Yamato province corresponds to present-day Soekami district (“YãŒS Soekami gun) in Nara prefecture. Apparently the name of the area was originally transcribed ‘\•z (‚»‚Ó) or ‘w•x (‚»‚Ù) in Chinese script. The area was divided into upper (kami) and lower (shimo) parts that would translate "Upper Sofu" and "Lower Sofu". The name came be transcribed with “Y, because this graph was used to represent the intransitive verb "sofu" (“Y‚Ó), which is "sou" (“Y‚¤) in present-day orthography. "Soe" reflects the root of the transitive form "soeru" (< seheru). Sofunokami / Soekami district / was the heart of Yamato province. From the start of the Meiji period in 1868, it included Nara-machi. From 1889, the town of Nara became a city, and as such it became independent of the county government. A long process of mergers and annexations of remnant villages and towns further eroded the county until, by 1968, it consisted of only one village. This village had a population of fewer than 2,000 people in 2005 when it was incorporated into Nara city -- at which point the district ceased to exist, the child having consumed the last of its parent. |
540 Emishi and Hayato affiliate with the court |
Nihon shoki, Kinmei 1-3, 540 |
Translation Emishi and Hayato, together leading their people, submitted and attached [themselves to the court]. Kanbun ‰ÚˆÎE”¹lA•À—¦OŸd•B(NKBT 68:65) NHBT Emishi, Hayahito, narabi ni tomogara wo wite maukishitagafu. (NKBT 68:64) NHBT The Yemishi and the Hayato, both bringing their people with them, came and rendered allegiance. (Aston 2:38) |
540 Hata and Aya titles |
Nihon shoki, Kinmei 1-8, 540-9/10 |
Translation Komans [Koryoans], Kudarans [Paekcheans], Shiragians [Sillans], and Mimanans [Imnans], together sent envoys and offerings, and together presented tribute and services. [The sovereign] summoned and assembled [people of] various barbarias [who] had thrown and changed, Hatans [Hatahito], Ayans [Ayahito], and others, and peacefully placed [settled] [them] in the provinces and districts, and made and enrolled [them in] household registers. The number of Hatan [Hatahito] households was 7,053 households. [The sovereign] made Hata no Tomo no Miyatsuko the Director of Treasury. Kanbun ‚—íE•SàZEV—…E”C“ßA•ÀŒŽgàÙA•ÀCvEB¢W`lEŠ¿l“™A””דŠ‰»ŽÒAˆÀ’uš ŒSA•ÒŠÑŒËÐB`lŒËÉAã`ŽµçŒÜ\ŽOŒËBˆÈ‘ååUAà¨`”º‘¢B(NKBT 68:65) Yamato translation KomaEKudaraEShirakiEMimana, narabi ni tsukahi wo madashite monotatematsuri, narabi ni mitsuki tatematsuru. HadahitoEAyahito ra, tonari no kuni no onodzukara maukeru hito wo meshitsudohete, kuni kohori ni haberashimete, he no fumita [Note 29] ni tsuku. Hadahito no he no kazu, subete nanachi-he-amari-iso-amari-mi-he. Ohkura no fubito wo mote, Hada no Tomo no Miya-tsu-ko to shitamafu. (NKBT 68:65) Aston's translation Koryö, Pèkché, Silla and Imna all sent envoys together to render tribute. The men of T'sin and of Han, etc., the emigrants from the various frontier nations were assembled together, settled in the provinces and districts, and enrolled in the registers of population. The men of T'sin [Note 4] numbered in all 7053 houses. The Director of the Treasury was made Hada no Tomo [Note 1] no Miyakko. (Aston 2:38-39) CommentsNKBT Note 29 refers to end note 19-4 (page 551), which makes the following observation about ŒËÐ (koseki, he no fumita). Ledgers (’ •ë chōbo) in which [officials] have recorded the names (–¼ na), ages, and family relations et cetera of the people (l–¯ jinmin) for each single household (ˆêŒË‚²‚Æ‚É ikko-goto ni) [we today] usually call household registers (ŒËÐ). The note goes on to embrace accounts in 569 [Nihon shoki Kinmei 30-1-1, Kinmei 30-4] concerning the enforcement of customs of enrolling families that cultivated fields for the purpose of collecting taxes in kind. It then points to the part of the Taika reforms of 646 concerning the establishment of household registers (see 646 Household registers). Aston Note 4 makes the following observation. T'sin and Han are the Chinese dynasties so called. These men must have been recent emigrants from China to Corea, or their near descendants who had not yet been merged in the general population. This statement throws light on Japanese ethnology. It shows that not only the upper classes, as appears from the "Seishiroku," [i.e., Shinsen shōjiroku] but the common people contained a large foreign (Chinese and Corean) element. Aston Note 1 says "T'sin is called Hada in Japanese." [people of] various barbarias [who] had thrown and changed reflects ””דŠ‰», which is translated in Yamato as "tonari no kuni no onodzukara maukeru hito" meaning "people of neighboring countries who came [the the court] of their own accord [as a matter of course]". various barbarias reflects ””×, the Chinese term for neighboring or remote un-Sinified lands and/or their inhabitants. The Yamato expression "tonari no kuni" means "countries of neighbors" or "neighboring countries". Aston translates ””× as "the various frontier nations". While "frontier" might be suitable as a description of Emishi and other lands that were "frontiers" in relationship to Yamato, it is an odd reference to "nations" on the peninsula or continent at the time. For more about ””× and related terms, see "Ban" as in barbaria. throw and change reflects “Š‰», meaning "throw" oneself on the court, as when surrendering or otherwise submitting oneself to the court's authority, and "change" one's affiliation or allegiance by embracing the court's authority and the customs of the land. The Yamato expression "onodzukara mauku" describes the action of a person of lower status who "approaches and comes [to the court] on one's own accord [as a matter of course]". For more about “Š‰» and related terms, see "Kika" and "toka". Aston translates the phrase "emigrants", which degrades the verb to a noun, but also warps the viewpoint of the action from that of the court to that of the people described as having come to the court in order to submit. made and enrolled [them] in household registers reflects •ÒŠÑŒËÐ. The Yamato translation is "he no fumita ni tsuku", meaning "attach to [place on] a record board". A "fumita" (ŽDAŠÈ) was literally a strip of bamboo or board (” ita) on which the script for some sort of written record (•¶ fumi) was brushed. The word is now pronounced "fuda" as in "nafuda" (–¼ŽD) or "name tag". |
541 Ki no Omi Nasochi's paternity |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 2 Autumn 7, 541-8/9 |
Translation Kudara [Paekche], hearing that the government of Yamato in Ara and Shiraki [Silla] had been circulating plans, dispatched Forepart Nasochi Birimakuko, [Forepart] Nasochi Senmon, Midpart Nasochi Mokura Maijun, and Ki no Omi Nasochi Mimasa, and others, < As for Ki no Omi Nasochi, perhaps [he] is someone who was given birth by [born to] a Kara [Korean] woman Ki no Omi took for a wife, and consequently remained in Kudara, and became a Nasochi. [Historians] have not yet clarified the [his] father. [The] others all effect [result in, are like, follow] this. > sent them to Ara, and summoned [those who] executed matters [officials, stewards, agents] of Mimana who had arrived in Shiraki [Silla], and had [them] scheme and build [establish] Mimana [Imna]. [The Kudara envoys in Silla] separately took the [incident of] the Kafuchi no Atahi of the government of Yamato in Ara, circulating plans with Shiraki [Silla], and deeply blamed and scolded [rebuked] him. < Kudara honki [Original records of Paekche] say Kafuchi no Atahi [Kōchi (Kawachi) no Atai], Ake Enashi, Saro Matsu, et cetera. [Historians have] not yet clarified [them]. > . . . [Omitted]. Kanbun •SÏ•·ˆÀ—…“ú–{•{—^V—…’ÊŒvAŒ‘O•”“Þ—¦•@—˜”œŒÃE“Þ—¦é•¶E’†•”“Þ—¦–Øú„–†~E‹Ib“Þ—¦–í–ƒ¹“™A < ‹Ib“Þ—¦ŽÒAŠW¥‹Ib›WŠØ•wŠ¶Aˆö—¯•SÏAˆ×“Þ—¦ŽÒ–çB–¢Ú‘´•ƒB‘¼ŠFŒøŸ–çB > Žg˜°ˆÀ—…A¢“žV—…”C“ߎ·Ž–Aæ•Œš”C“ßB•ÊˆÈˆÀ—…“ú–{•{‰Í“à’¼A’ÊŒvV—…A[Ó”l”VB < •SÏ–{‹L‰]A‰Á•sŽŠ”ï’¼Eˆ¢Œ«ˆÚ“ߎzE²˜D–ƒ“s“™B–¢Ú–çB > . . . [Omitted]B(NKBT 68:73) Yamato translation Kudara, Ara no Yamato no Mikotomochi to Shiraki to hakarikoto wo kayohasu wo kikite, Zenhou [Note 3] Nasochi [Note 4] BirimakukoENasochi SenmonEChiuhou [Note 7] Nasochi Mokura MaijunEKi no Omi Nasochi Mimasara wo tsukahashite, < Ki no Omi Nasochi ha, kedashi koro Ki no Omi no, Kara no womina wo torite umeru tokoro, yorite Kudara ni todomarite, Nasochi to nrereu mono nari. Imada sono kazo wo tsubahiraka ni sezu. Atashi mo mina kore ni narahe. > Ara ni tsukahi shite, Shiraki ni itareru Mimana no Tsukasa wo meshite, Mimana wo tatemu koto wo hakarashimu. Koto ni Ara no Yamato no Mikotomochi no Kafuchi no Atahi no, hakarikoto wo Shiraki ni kayohosu wo mote, fukaku semenoru. < Kudara honki ni ihaku, Kafuchi no AtahiEAke EnashiESaro Matsu ra to ifu. Imada tsubahirakanarazu. > . . . [Omitted]. (NKBT 68:72) Zenhou and Chiuhou NKBT Notes 3 and 7 gloss Zenhō (Fore-part) and Chū (Mid-part) as two of the five regions of Kudara [Paekche] at the time, the others being the Down-part, Up-part, and Hind-part. Nasochi NKBT Note 4 glosses Nasochi as the 6th of 16 Paekche cap ranks. Aston's translation Pèkché, hearing that the (Japanese) authorities of Ara were intriguing with Silla, sent Pirimakko, Nasol of the Senior division, the Nasol Syön-mun, the Nasol of the middle division, Mok-Hiöp Mèsyun, and Ki no Omi, < The Nasol Ki no Omi was probably the son of Ki no Omi by a marriage with a Corean woman, who therefore remained in the country and was made Nasol by Pèkché. It is not clear who his father was. Other cases all follow this rule. > the Nasol Mimasya, on a mission to Ara, to summon to them the agents of Silla and Imna, and to concert measures for the establishment of Imna. He separately reproved Kahachi no Atahe, the chief Japanese authority of Ara, roundly for intriguing with Silla. < The Pèkché "Original Record" has Kapuchipi Atahe Akyöninasăcharomato. This is not clear. > . . . [Omitted]. (Aston 2:44) CommentsAraAra (ˆÀ—…) was one of several small countries that formed the federation known as Kaya. At the time of this account, Aya was apparently the center of Kaya, which is closely associated if not equated with Mimana [Imna]. The area is now associated with the district of Haman (™÷ˆÀ), immediately north of the city of Masan, in the Republic of Korea. Masan, on the coast, is even more closely associated with Mimana, which is thought to have existed roughly between present-day Masan and Pusan, a port town to the east. The coast in this area is directly exposed to the Tsushima. The islands, among the original Yamato territories created by the gods, later a province and now part of Nagasaki prefecture, still serve as a navigation point and refuge for vessels crossing the straits between the nearest ports of Japan and ROK. The Nihon shoki describes the destruction of Mimana [Imna] by Shiragi [Silla] in 562 (an interlineal annotation says 560 according to another source). With the fall of Mimana, the Kayan countries cease to exist. After 562, Yamato's presence on the peninsula is effectively limited to its support of Kudara [Paekche] against Shiragi, which is allied with Tang when not defending itself from Chinese forces. The fall of Kudara to Shiragi, and the withdrawal of Yamato forces from the peninsula, is described in 663. The years 562 and 663 thus punctuate the recorded arrivals in Yamato of numerous people, including many refugees, from the embattled peninsula. |
544 Saro Matsu's divided loyalties |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 5-3, 544-4/5 |
Translation . . . [This] loyal servant deeply regrets this, [that] Saro Matsu, though of a Kara [Korean] belly, stood in and occupied [held] [the rank of] Ōmuraji. [He] mingles among [with] [those who] execute matters [officials, stewards, agents] of Yamato, and [he] enters [joins, belongs to] the kind [ranks] of the prosperous division [group, class] that is esteemed and flourishes. And now [he] oppositely attaches [wears] a Shiragi [Silla] Namare cap [rank]. So [as to whom] his body and heart are allegiant, to others [the cap] readily illuminates [shows]. [When] thoroughly observing where [he] acts [what he does], [he] has no fear or dread. Therefore [I] previously reported [to you] [his] bad conduct, and recorded [what] had [been] heard. Now still he attaches [wears] the clothes of others [Shiragians], and day [after day] he proceeds to the region of Shiragi [Silla], and publicly and privately goes and returns, and there is no place he shirks. Kanbun . . . b[œô”VA²˜D–ƒ“sAå«¥ŠØ• AˆÊ‹‘å˜AB›ø“ú–{Ž·Ž–”VŠÔA“ü‰h”Ç‹M·”V—áBŽ§¡”½’˜V—…“Þ–ƒ—犥B‘¦gS‹A•A‰—‘¼ˆÕÆBnŠÏŠìA“s–³•|ˆØBŒÌ‘O‘tˆ«sA‹ï˜^•·æ^B¡—P’˜‘¼•žA“ú•‹V—…ˆæAŒöŽ„‰ŠÒA“s–³ŠœÝB. . . (NKBT 87) Yamato translation . . . Yatsukare, fukaku odzuraku ha, Saro Matsu, kore Karakuni no umaretari [Note 8] to iedomo, kurawi Ohomuraji [Note 9] ni wori. Yamato no tsukasa no ahida ni majiharite, sakae tanoshiki tsura ni kuhahareri. Ima kaherite Shiraki no Namare [Note 11] no kauburi wo kitari. Sunahachi kokoro no shitagahitsuku tokoro ha, hito ni arahare yasushi. Tsuratsura suru tokoro wo miru ni, katsute odziosoruru koto nashi. Kare, saki ni ashiki waza wo mausu ni, tsubusa ni shirushite kikoeteki. Ima mo nao hito no kuni no kimono [Note 13] wo kite, hibi ni Shiraki no sakahi ni yuku koto, araha ni shinobi ni kayofu ni, katsute habakaru tokoro nashi. . . . (NKBT 68:86) Karakuni no umaretari NKBT Note 8 observes that (1) the Nihon shoki tūshō (“ú–{‘‹I’ÊØ), a 1762 work by Tanikawa Kotosuga (’JìŽm´ 1709-1776), takes this to mean that Saro Matsu was a "Kudaran [Paekchean]" (•SÏl), while (2) the Shoki shūge (‘‹IW‰ð), a 1785 work by Kawamura Hidene (‰Í‘ºGª 1723-1792) takes it to mean that he was a "Yamatoan born to a Korean wife [of a Yamato man]" (ŠØ•wŠ¶‚Ì“ú–{l), but (3) the former is perhaps the case, in view of the interlineal note in Kinmei 2 Autumn 7, which cites particulars about Saro Matsu from a Kudara source (see 541 Ki no Omi Nasochi for the full account). Ohomuraji NKBT Note 9 says that whether there were people of Ōmuraji (‘å˜A Ohomuraji, Oomuraji) rank at the the Yamato government office (“ú–{•{ Yamato no mikotomochi) is not clear. Because Matsu (–ƒ“s) was of lower rank than Ikuha no Omi (“Ib), Kibi no Omi (‹g”õb), and Kafuchi no Atahi, he would not have been of a status so high as to compare to Ōmuraji. Namare NKBT Note 11 say that this is taken to be the same as "Nama" (“Þ–ƒ), the 11th of 17 Shiragi [Silla] cap ranks. hito no kuni no kimono Note 13 glosses this as meaning "Siragi [Silla] gowns and caps" (V—…‚̈ߊ¥). Whereas ‰—‘¼ is translated "hito ni" (to others), ‘¼•ž is translated "hito no kuni no kimono". The implication of the Yamato translation is that "others" refers to the people of another country, meaning a country of people who are not allegiants of Yamato and therefore could not be expected to be loyal to Yamato. "Hito" is also commonly used today mean "others" in the sense of someone other than oneself, as in the expression "hitogoto" (lŽ–A‘¼lŽ–), or "something that concerns [happens to] others". The Yamato reading of ‘¼l is "adashi hito" (‘¼‚µl) meaning "a person who is different" or "a person who is empty, futile, vain, unavailing, fruitless, wavering, fickle, uncertain", and "adabito" (‘¼lA“kl) means "someone who's heart easily changes, a fickle person without a true heart" (Kōpjien). Aston's translation . . . This state of things is viewed by thy servant with profound apprehension. Cha-no-ma-to, although the son of a Corean mother, holds the position of Ohomuraji and takes precedence among the Agents of Japan, entering the ranks of the noble and honourable. And yet he now wears the cap of the Silla official rank of Namanyé, [Note 1] from which it may be readily seen that he is devoted to that country body and soul. When his conduct is maturely observed, there is no sign at all of awe or dread. Therefore I formerly reported to Your Majesty his evil deeds, setting them out fully for your information. Now he still wears a foreign dress and daily goes to the Silla borders, journeying back and forward publicly or privately without any fear whatever. The downfall of the Tök [Note 2] country was owing to no other cause than this. . . . (Aston 2:54-55) Namanyé Aston Note 1 says "Nama was a Silla official rank." Tök Aston Note 2 says "The Tök country is doubtless the same as Tök-kwi-than frequently named above, e.g. XVII. 18." |
556 Kara and Koma people become field guilds of court granaries | |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 17 Winter 10, 556-11/12 | |
Translation [The sovereign] dispatched Soga no Ōomi Iname no Sukune and others to Takechi district in Yamato province, [to] establish the Karan [Karahito] Ōmusa (‘åg‹· Ohomusa) storehouse < Where [it] says Karan [it] is [means] Kudara. > [and] the Koman [Komabito] Omusa (¬g‹· Womusa) storehouse. [And to] to Ki province to establish a sea guild storehouse. < One book says: [They] took Karans (Karahito) [from] various places and made [them] Ōmusa storehouse field guilds. [And took] Komans (Komabito) and made [them] Omusa storehouse field guilds. This means [they] took Karans and Komans [and] made [them] field guilds. [And] for [this] reason [they] made [gave] [the places] the name of [court] granaries. > Kanbun Œ‘h‰ä‘åbˆî–Úh”H“™‰—˜`‘‚ŽsŒSA’uŠØl‘åg‹·“Ô‘q < Œ¾ŠØlŽÒ•SÏ–çB > ‚—íl¬g‹·“Ô‘qB‹I‘’uŠC•”“Ô‘qB < ˆê–{‰]AˆÈˆXŠØlAˆ×‘åg‹·“Ô‘q“c•”B‚—ílˆ×¬g‹·“Ô‘q“c•”B¥‘¦ˆÈŠØlE‚—ílˆ×“c•”BŒÌˆöˆ×“Ô‘q”V†–çB > (NKBT 68:117, 119) Yamato translation Soga no Ohoomi Iname no Sukune ra wo Yamato no kuni no Takechi no kohori [Note 27] ni tsukahashite, Karahito no Wohomusa no miyake [Note 28] < Ifu kokoro ha Karahito ha Kudara nari. > Komabito no Womusa no miyake wo okashimu. Kinokuni ni Ama no miyake [Note 29] wo oku. < Aru fumi ni ihaku, tokorodokoro no Karahito wo mote, Ohomusa no miyake no tabe [Note 1] ni su. Komabito wo Womusa no miyake no tabe ni su. Kore ha KarahitoEKomabito wo mote tabe ni su. Kare yorite miyake no na to su to ifu. > (NKBT 68:117-118) Takechi no kohori NKBT Note 27 identifies Takechi as a new name for a district which had been called Imaki ¡—ˆ in an entry dated just ten years earlier (NS 19, Kinmei 7 Autumn 7, 546-8/9, NKBT 68:94, note 12). "Imaki" is supposed to mean "recently arrived". Karahito no Wohomusa no miyake NKBT Note 28 states that Karahito (ŠØl) means Chōsenjin (’©‘Nl), i.e., Chosenese (Koreans), and that g‹· (Musa) was also written –´² (Musa). Musa is now part of Mise-chō (Œ©£’¬) in Kashihara city in Nara prefecture. See comments on "Mise Maruyama Kofun" below. Ama no miyake NKBT Note 29 identifies ŠC•” (ama) with a seacoast (ŠC•Ó umibe) in Wakayama city of present-day Wakayama prefecture, on the tip of the Kii peninsula, formerly Kinokuni (‹I‘), Kiinokuni (‹IˆÉ‘), and ‹IB (Kishū).
tabe NKBT Note 1 refers to an earlier headnote that glosses "tabe" (“c•”) as "farmers who cultivate the [paddy] fields of a [court] storehouse [granary]" (NS 18, Ankan 1-10-15, 534-11-8 [6], NKBT 68:51, note 23). Aston's translation Soga no Oho-omi, Iname no Sukune and others were sent to the district of Takechi in Yamato to establish the Miyake of Ohomusa of Coreans < by Coreans is meant Pèkché people > and the Miyake of Womusa of Koryo men. The Miyake of Ama in the Land of Ki was established in the Land of Ki. < One writing says:--"The Coreans of various places were made serfs of the Miyake of Ohomusa and the Koryö men were made serfs of the Miyake of Womusa. It was in consequence of the appointment of the Coreans and Koryö men as serfs that these places were styled Miyake." [Note 2] > (Aston 2:78-79) Aston Note 2 "It would appear from this that it was essential to a Miyake to have a number of serfs attached to it. Possibly ŠØl in this passage should be rendered Kara men instead of Coreans. CommentsguildsAston translates the term “c•” (tabe) as "serfs" and renders ŠC•” as only "Ama". I am following Sansom and others in regarding a •” (be) as a "guild" -- hence, here, "field guild" and "sea guild". By "guild" I mean a group of people who have been organized to collectively produce various goods or wares, a portion of which would be given to the court as tribute or tax in kind. In the above account, as in many similar accounts in the Nihon shoki, it is clear that the organizing force was the court. As the court extended its authority to a locality, it dispatched officials to establish storehouses for collecting tribute or taxes in kind from its inhabitants. First, however, the inhabitants had to be organized in a way that would facilitate not only their work -- whether it be cultivating rice or collecting and drying seaweed -- but also the collection and storage of the portion of the products of their labor that was due the court. The inhabitants of an existing locality would, of course, already have organized themselves to produce whatever they could. The manner of organization, however, might not serve the purposes of the court, which was to collect tribute. Moreover, the court was in a position to settle or resettle people in areas where they would have to build new fields. In the above example, it is clear that the people from Kara and Koma are being organized into guilds for the purpose of cultivating fields, old or new, to produce rice that would then be stored for distribution or other use by the court. This suggests that there were quite a few such people in the area, who apparently were of social status that would warrant their treatment as field workers. Mise Maruyama KofunKashihara city embraces the former province of Yamato and the place where Jinmu is supposed to have established his first court. The site of Fujiwarakyō (“¡Œ´‹ž), the capital of Yamato from 694 to 710, is also in the city. For these and other reasons, Kashihara is arguably the heartland of ancient Japan. Squatting on the boundary of Mise and two other chō in the city is a front-square, back-round, so-called "keyhole" tumulus called Mise Maruyama Kofun (Œ©£ŠÛŽRŒÃ•). The largest such tomb in Nara prefecture and the sixth largest in Japan, it is roughly 318 meters long and 210 meters at its widest in front. The front part is 15 meters high. The found in back is 155 meters in diameter and 21 meters at its summit. Archaeologists have dated the Mise Maruyama tomb to the 6th century, and not a few scholars believe it to be the mausoleum of none other than Kinmei and his favorite squeeze, Soga no Kitashihime. Officially, however, Kinmei and Kitashihime are buried in the Umeyama Kofun (”~ŽRŒÃ•) in neithboring Asuka village (–¾“ú‘º). Some scholars, though, contend that the Umeyama tomb, with length of only 140 meters and 72-meter diameter mound, is the resting place of Soga no Iname, Kinmei's highest official and multiple father-in-law. Asuka village shares a border with Kashihara city and rivals the city as a cauldron of Yamato history. The village is part of Takachi county (‚ŽsŒS), which now has only one other municipality. Kashihara city was formed in 1956 out of several villages and towns that until then were part of Takachi. Kitashihime, a daughter of Soga no Iname, was the mother of a dozen of Kinmei's children, including the future Yōmei and Suiko. Kinmei also kept her sister Oane no Kimi busy producing half a dozen kids, including Sushun and the mother of Shōtoku Taishi, whose father was Yōmei. See Soga Soga family tree: Soga influence from Kinmei to Kanmu for all the incestuous details. |
562 Shiragi (Silla) overthrows Mimana (Imna) |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 23 Spring 1, 562-1/2 |
Translation Shiragi strikes and ruins [overthrows] the Miyake [Yamato territory] of Mimana. Kanbun V—…‘Å–Å”C“ߊ¯‰ÆB < ˆê–{‰]B“ñ\ˆê”NA”C“ß–ÅàBšŒ¾”C“ßB•ÊŒ¾‰Á—…‘BˆÀ—…‘BŽz“ñŠò‘B‘½—…‘B‘²–ƒ‘BŒÃšl‘BŽq‘¼‘BŽU”¼‰º‘BŒî飡m™q{Hn‘B–«—ç‘B‡\‘B > (NKBT 68:119) Yamato translation Shiraki, Mimana no Miyake [Note 21] wo uchihoroboshitsu. < Aru fumi ni iwaku, [hatachi-amari-hito-toshi] ni, Mimana horobu to ifu. Subete ha Mimana to ihi, wakite ha Kara no kuni, Ara no kuni, Tara no kuni, Sochima no kuni, Kosa no kuni, Shita no kuni, Sanhange no kuni, Kochisan no kuni, Nimure no kuni to ifu, ahasete towo no kuni nari. > (NKBT 68:119) Mimana no Miyake NKBT Note 21 states that "Mimana no Miyake" is the same as "Mimana" and refers to a long supplementary note to Kan 18-13 (pages 550-552), which glosses the "miyake" as meaning originally a residence, granary, or such facility belonging to the Yamato court, but that it also came to be used to mean a military base. However, as used in several accounts in Kinmei and elsewhere, in reference to Kudara and the various Mimana countries, it referred to the countries themselves. The idea is that, as tributary countries, they were analogous to the court-established facilities in Yamato, which stored rice and other products and wares that were given to the court as tribute or tax in kind. Aston's translation Silla destroyed the Miyake of Imna. < One writing says:--"21st year. Imna was destroyed. The general term Imna includes the provinces called separately kara, Ara, Saiki, Tara, Cholma, Kochhi, Chatha, Sanpanha, Kwison, and Imnyé, in all ten provinces." [Note 2] > (Aston 2:80) CommentsTongguk t'onggamThe text enclosed in < angle brackets > is an interlineal note, which alludes to another source, apparently no longer extant. Whatever this source, it was not Tongguk t'onggam, which as Aston points out, says nothing about the involvement of Yamato in the Silla conqeust of the Kaya clans. Aston Note 2 consists of long citation of an account of Silla's conquest of Great Kaya from the "Tongkam" (Vol. V. p. 21). The year is the same, but where Nihon shoki has "Spring, 1st month" the Tongguk t'onggam (“Œš ’ÊŠÓ) (1498) has "Autumn, 9th". After the citation he notes "It will be observed that there is not a word here about Japan." To what degree Yamato exercised control over any territory on the peninsula is a major point of contention between accounts in the early Yamato chronologies and contemporary Korean histories, on which the 1498 Korean chronicle was based. However, the fact that the compilers of the Yamato chronologies included people of partly Korean descent, and spoke so frankly the diplomatic exchanges between Yamato and the various Korean states, and about the wars which had driven their anecstors to Yamato, suggests that Yamato was seriously involved in the affairs of the closest Korean states. Tongguk t'onggam was probably inspired by the 1084 Chinese history, Zizhi Tongian (Ž‘Ž¡’Êèg Tzu-chih T'ung-chien), meaning "Mirror passing everywhere through [reflecting everything about] aiding rule" or "Comprehensive mirror for aiding government". Accordingly, its title would imply that it is a "Comprehensive mirror [for aiding in the government] of the Eastern Country". "Mirror" still enjoys wide currency as a metaphor for model or standard, as of conduct and behavior. |
562 Shiragi (Silla) enemy aliens remain and become subjects |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 23 Autumn 7-1, 562-8-18 [16] |
Translation Shiragi [Silla] had dispatched envoys to offer tribute and taxes. When these envoys came to know [learned] that Shiragi had destroyed Imana [Imna], [they] were embarrassed for having shouldered the country's [court's] [Yamato's] benevolence, and did not dare request to leave. Thereupon they remained and did not return to [their] root [original, principal] soil [land, country] [place of origin]. [They came] to parallel and be the same as the hundred surnames [common people] of the house [family] of provinces [countries] [court, state]. They are the progenitors of the Shiragians [Shiraki no hito] in the hamlet of Uno in the county of Sarara in the province of Kawachi now. When these envoys came to know [learned] I am following the interpretation -- implicit in context of the kanbun text, explicit in the Yamato translation, and expressed in NKBT Note 3 to the Yamato translation -- that the Shiragi envoys had been sent to Yamato, and might well have already arrived, before the fall of Mimana to Shiragi forces. See comments on "Breaking news and enemy aliens" below. Kanbun V—…ŒŽgŒ£’²•ŠB‘´Žgl’mV—…–Å”C“ßA’p”w‘‰¶A•sŠ¸¿”ëB‹—¯•s‹A–{“yB—ᓯ‘‰Æ•S©B¡‰Í“à‘XrŒS鸕鷀–ì—WV—…l”Væ–çB(NKBT 68:123) Yamato translation Shiraki, tsukahi wo madashite mitsukimono wo tatematsuru. Sono tsukahi, Shiraki, Mimana wo horoboshitsu to shiritareba, mikado no megumi ni somukeru koto wo hadzite, ahete makaramu to mausazu. Tsuhi ni todomarite moto no kuni ni kaherazu. Ato, mikado no ohomitakara ni onaji. Ima Kafuchi no kuni no Sarara no kohori [Note 4] no Uno no sato no Shiraki no hito no oya nari. (NKBT 68:122) Sarara no kohori NKBT Note 4 cites several other accounts in which the names Sarara and Uno appear, sometimes differently graphed, but is unable to fix a clear location of Uno. The note ends with a citation of an item in the Shinsen Shōjiroku, about Unu no Muraji, the head of a clan affiliated with the province of Kawachi (‰Í“à‘) but classified as a clan of uncertain miscellaneous title (–¢’èŽG©), who is said to be "a descendant of Shiragi no seshimu [prince] Kin Teikō (‹à’ë‹»)" (SSSR 1161). Aston's translation Silla sent envoys to offer tribute. These envoys knew of the destruction of Imna by Silla, but, ashamed of the offence against national gratitude, they did not dare to ask leave to depart. Eventually they remained, and did not return to their own land, but were made to take rank as subjects of the State. They were the ancestors of the Silla men of the village of Uno in the district of Sarara in the province of Kahachi. (Aston 2:83) CommentsBreaking news and enemy aliensAs I write this in the 21st century, it is difficult to conceive the time it took for "news" to travel in the past, when information travelled no faster than humans could walk, horses could gallop, or ships sail. Some people now take for granted the possibility of real-time witnessing of events -- impersonal, such as Los Angeles car chases watched in Tokyo, or personal, such as a sexual act in a Tokyo bedroom watched in a Seoul living room. Before satellite-facilitated text messaging or breaking news bulletins on TV or the Internet, submarine cables and the atmosphere carried telephone and telegraph messages and radio transmissions. Such magical means of information transmission and reception were preceded by centuries of gradual improvement in the speed and reliability of transcontinental and transocean travel. My first appreciation for the shrinking lag in time that news travels came during the 1960s when I was reading books on English social history and naval history. One story, the source and details of which evade me, compelled me to imagine myself in the position of the wife of an Englishman seeing her husband off on a vessel bound for the Orient. Many months later she receives a letter that is already months old, telling her how much he misses her, but he expects to home in a couple of months. A few months later the vessel returns, without him, and she learns from its captain that her husband and many shipmates had died during the voyage and were buried at sea. The story about the Silla envoys strikes a similar chord. Envoys tend to be cut of fairly gentle cloth that suits them for the tasks of diplomacy, which requires a great deal of patience with protocol in the interest of maintaining a semblance of political order while the generals kill each other. Not to mention a tolerance for, if not a liking of, different languages, food, and customs. Imagine, then, a party of Silla envoys embarking from the peninsula for Dazaifu, the official gateway to Yamato. At Dazifu they would present themselves to representatives of the court and enter into negotiations. If successful they would be escorted through the Seto sea to Naniwa, then travel overland to the capital around Asuka for a brief audience with the sovereign and entertainment appropriate for the occasion. All the while, they would be making preparations for the arduous journey back to the peninsula. The delegates would have been highly educated men who, despite the frictions between Yamato and Silla, would have been treated with due respect for their titles and ranks and learning. They would certainly have been seen as good sources of information about the world from which they came. Suddenly, though, the mood is broken by news that Silla armies have overwhelmed Yamato outposts in Mimana and driven Yamato forces out of the territory. This would constitute a most embarrassing situation for diplomats on both sides. It is not clear to what extent the Silla envoys were free to return to the peninsula or decided themselves to remain. It was not as though Yamato and Silla exchanges came to a complete halt. Yamato and Silla occasionally sent each other missions, in the interest of maintaining their long ties, even as Yamato continued to support Kudara in its defense against Silla, later supported by Tang forces. For unknown reasons, however, the Silla delegates stayed and ended up in Kawachi. Think, now, of Pearl Harbor -- the events of 8/7 December 1941. Then the lags of time were on the order of seconds, minutes, and hours -- between the transmission and reception of information from Japan to its embassy in Washington, and local processing and dissemination. Most Japanese diplomats, and other officials and civilians in the United States, who were "out of the loop" and otherwise not aware of what was about to happen, were caught short by radio bulletins and banner headlines of the suprise attack on Pearl Harbor. Japanese diplomats were not without friends among their State Department counterparts and even the general population. Apart from personal feelings, however, they were now enemy aliens. As such they were detained and quartered in federal facilities. Most likely they would remained in detention for the duration of the war -- except that the Axis and Allied states negotiated, through Sweden and Switzerland, the exchange of many officials and other civilians who had been detained because of the war. By the summer of 1942, the Gripsholm -- an American liner charted by the State Department but run by a Swedish crew under a Swedish flag -- was making a voyage between New York and Mocambique via Rio de Janeiro with mostly Japanese national passengers. An exchange was made at Lorenco Marques with the Asama Maru, which had picked up a variety of Allied nationals, most of them US citizens, in Japan, Southeast Asia, and the Philippines, and the Conte Verde, an Italian vessel, with people Allied nationals from Shanghai. Some World War II exchangees included Japanese in the United States, and Americans in Japan, who were settled and would never have "returned" except for the war. Had some of the detainees on either side, including government officials, been free to remain where they were living when the war began, some might have opted to stay. Presumably the Silla envoys left families and friends on the peninsula. Were they able to send letters back home? How much time elapsed before their fate became known? Or did their relatives simply wait, and wait, and wait -- and, in the absence of any word of their whereabouts, conclude that they had met their end somewhere? Think, then, of the families of the young people abducted by agents of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea, who waited without news for years. The family of Soga Hiromi concluded that she and her mother were dead and had their register status changed to deceased. The change of status had to be reversed when news came that the daughter, at least, was alive -- and the wife of an American and mother of two children of nominally DPRK nationality. Other families refuse to accept reports from DPRK that their offspring are dead. The experiences of the Silla envoys in 562 are very much apart of the continuing drama of personal and family problems that arise when diplomacy fails and friends become enemies. |
562 Ikina bares butt and shouts "King of Shiragi, eat my ass!" | ||||||
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 23 Autumn 7, 562-8/9 | ||||||
Translation Taken captive at the same time, Tsuki no Kishi Ikina, was a man of courage and ferocity, and to the end he would not fall and yield. The army general of Shiragi [Silla], drew his sword and wanted to slash [kill] [Ikina]. [He] forced [Ikina] to remove his [short] britches. and then ordered [him] to take his buttocks and point [them] toward Yamato, and largely cry and shout < "shout" is "scream". > Say, "Generals of Yamato, eat my ass!" But [Ikina] cried and shouted and said, "King of Shiragi, eat my ass!" Although he received harsh force, still he shouted as [he had] before. Because of this he was killed. His son Wochiko, also embraced his father and so died. Ikina, [his] words and [their] purport being hard to usurp, everyone [was] like this. Because of this, [he] especially became where [someplace, someone] all generals [of Yamato] painfully lamented [he especially was grieved by all the generals]. His wife Ōbako, also along [with him] had been captured. [Someone] shuddered [in grief] and so sang and said, Standing by the fortress Someone in concert [chorus] said, Statured by the fortress everyone [was] like this appears to mean that everyone was inspired by Ikina's words and said likewise -- i.e., and shouted "King of Shiragi, eat my ass!" However, interpretations vary. Someone reflects my agreement with NKBT Note 18, which says it is more natural to assume that someone other than Ohobako recited the poem -- possibly a Yamato soldier (see Aston Note 3), if not another person accompanying the Yamato force. scarf reflects (—Ì‹Ð hire), which appears to have been a long white shawl worn around the neck and drapped over the shoulders. Kanbun “¯ŽžŠ—¸A’²‹gŽmˆÉŠé™TAˆ×l—E—óAI•s~•žBV—…“¬«A”²“—~ŽaB•NŽ§’EåìA’Ǘ߈ÈKä\Œü“ú–{A‘冋© < ‹©咷–çB > žHA“ú–{«Aê–‰ä臗脽B‘¦†‹©žHAV—…‰¤AšW‰ä臗脽Bå«”í‹ê•NA®”@‘O‹©B—R¥Œ©ŽEB‘´ŽqänŽqA–’•ø‘´•ƒŽ§Ž€BˆÉŠé™TAŽ«Ž|“ï’DAŠF”@ŸB—RŸA“Áˆ×”«ƒŠ’ÉÉB‘´È‘å—tŽqA–’•ÀŒ©‹×BœÆ‘RŽ§‰ÌžHAžh—…‹äŽ¢”\AŠî”\”†Ž¢‘É’v’êA‰—•ˆ–ŒÌ”¦A”ä—á•á囉{•êA–ë–‚“™•Ã•Šò’êBˆ½—L˜ažHAžh—…‹äŽ¢”\AŠî”\”†Ž¢‘É‘ÉŽuA‰—•ˆ–ŒÌ”¦A”ä—ç•á—…{–íšgA“ߎ¢”k•Ã•Šò’êB(NKBT 68:125) Yamato translation Onaji toki ni toriko ni seraretaru, Tsuki no Kishi Ikina [Note 11], hito to nari takekushite, tsuhi ni shitagahazu. Shiraki no ikusa no kimi, tachi wo nikite kiramu to su. Semete hakama wo nikashimete, ohige shiritabura wo mote Yamato ni mukawashimete, ohoki ni sake < ke ha sakebu nari. > bite ihashimuraku, "Yamato no ikusa no kimi, waga shiri [Note 15] wo kurahe" to ihashimu. Sunahachi sakebite ihaku, "Shiraki no kokishi, waga shiri wo kurahe" to ifu. Semetashinamaru to ihedomo, naho saki no gotoku sakebu. Kore ni yorite korosarenu. Sono ko Wochiko, mata sono kazo wo mudakahete shinu. Ikina, kotoba ubahigataki koto, mina kaku no gotoshi. Kore ni yorite, hitori moromoro no ikusa no kimi no tame ni itami woshimaru. Sono tsuma Ohobako [Note 17], mata narabi ni toriko ni seraru. Itamite utahite ihaku, [Note 18] žh—…‹äŽ¢”\ ŠØ‘‚Ì Karakuni no Aru hito kotahete ihaku, [Note 19] žh—…‹äŽ¢”\ ŠØ‘‚Ì Karakuni no (NKBT 68:124-125) Tsuki no Kishi Ikina NBKT Note 11 states that nothing more is known about this man, but refers to an earlier note (NKBT 68:44, note 8) which observes that Tsuki no Kishi was the name of a "submit-change clan from Kudara" (•SÏ‚©‚ç‚Ì‹A‰»Ž‘° Kudara kara no kika shizoku). According to Shinsen Shōjiroku, two men of the same clan, Tsuki no Wosa (’²žH²) and Tsuki no Muraji (’²˜A), were descendants of Nuri no Omi of Kudara (•SÏ‘“w—ŽgŽå). Shinsen Shōjiroku in fact states that Midzuumi no Muraji (…ŠC˜A) was a descendant of Nuri no Omi of Kudara (SSSR 1027), and that Tsuki no Wosa was of the same ancestry as Midzuumi no Muraji (SSSR 1028). Both men are affiliated with the province of Kawachi (‰Í“à‘) and classified as shoban (””×). Shinsen Shōjiroku further states that Tsuki no Muraji was of the same ancestry as Midzuumi no Muraji and as such was a descendant of Nuri no Omi of Kudara. He is said to have submitted and changed at the time of Homuta no Sumera Mikoto (Ōjin 4th century). Several generations of descendants are listed. One presented some silk to the court of the 23rd sovereign Kenzō (r485-487), who gave him the title Tsuki no Obito (’²Žñ). Tsuki no Muraji was affiliated with the Sakyo quarter of Heiankyo and was classified as shoban (SSSR 782). shiritabura reflects Kä\ while shiri reflects 臗脽. NKBT Note 14 equates both 臗 and 脽 with K (kō shiri) and ä\ (den, don, shiri). Today Kä\ is more commonly read "shiritamura" ("m" and "b" often shift in Japanese), but is also read shiribeta (shirippeta), shirimuta, and shirikobuta (butt piglet). All these terms refer to the fleshy part of the rump or "buttocks" (ä\•” denbu). NKBT Note 17 observes that the two poems about Ohobako (‘å—tŽq Ōbako) are not necessarily related to this story. They can also be seen as known poems that were pressed into the service of the story -- in which case the name Ohobako might have been taken from the poems. NKBT Notes 18 and 19 number the poems 100 and 101 among others in the Nihon shoki and associate them a cycle of Man'yōshū poems about Matsura Sayohime (¼‰Y²—p•P). The poems feature Sayohime waving a scarf from a hill, thus named "Scarf-waving mountain" (—Ì‹ÐUŽR Hirefuriyama), in present-day Saga prefecture, as she watched her husband sail off to the peninsula, where Yamato was aligned with Kudara (Paekche) against Shiragi (Silla). See the originals of MYS 868-875 and related commentary in NKBT MYS-2, NKBT 5:90-93. See translations of MYS 868-875 in Levy 1987:378-381, and a translation of MYS 871 in NGS 1965:261. Aston's translation Ikina, Mitsugi no Kishi, who was captured at the same time, being a man of mettle, utterly refused to sbumit. The Silla commander drew his sword, and making as if to kill him, compelled him with threats to take off his trousers, and then told him to present his hinder part towards Japan, and call out with a loud voice, "Let the Japanese generals bite [Note 1] -- ----!" But he cried out, saying:--"Let the King of Silla bite -- ----!" No mater how much they tortured him, he went on shouting as before, and he was accordingly put to death. Moreover his son Wojiko embraced his father, and so died. So hard it always was to shake Ikina's determination to stick to his own language. Accordingly, he alone was lamented by all the generals. Moreover, his wife Ohobako [Note 2] was taken captive at the same time. In her grief she made a song, saying [Note 3]:-- Standing by the fortress Someone composed a song in response, saying:-- Standing by the fortress (Aston 2:84-85) bite Aston Note 1 We should expect to find here the word "kiss" instead of "bite." But the fact is that neither the Chinese nor the Japanese have the thing or the word, at least quite in our sense. Kissing, or what we may call so, is in these countries not considered a proper subject of conversation, and does not figure in their literatures. The nearest Japanese equivalent is kuchi suu, i.e., "mouth-sucking." The only instance I can recollect of the use of this phrase is in a letter from Hideyoshi to his son Hideyori, then five years of age. He promises that he will soon come to see hiim and give him a kiss (kuchi-sui-mōsu-beku sōrō), expressing at the same time a playful jealousy of his allowing other people to kiss him. The Japanese editor of this letter finds it necessary to explain that kissing, or rather mouth-sucking, is a sign of affection. Dr. Schlegel, of the University of Leiden, informs me that "a Chinese boy never kisses his mother -- they rub their respective noses over the cheeks. Kissing the hand is totally unknown in China." The use of the word bite for kiss by the Chinese suggests that the kiss may be a modification of a playful bite, just as the smile may have had its origin in a sportive showing of the canine teeth. See Darwin's "Expression of the Emotions," p. 255. Ohobako Aston Note 2 -- "The name of a plant." saying Aston Note 3 -- "Another rendering is: "In grief for her, they (i.e., the generals) made a song, saying:--" The story of Ikina's bravery immediately follows a story about the shameful conduct of deputy commander Kahahe no Omi Nihe (‰Í•ÓbàùŠÊ Kawabe no Omi Nibe), another Yamato officer. After retreating from a battle, he and his men, who have lost their respect for him, are captured. His wife is also captured. The Shiragi commander asks Nihe which is more important, his life or his wife. His life, he says, and gives his wife to the Shiragi commander, who "thereupon violates in an open place violates that woman" (“¬«‹‰—˜I’nA›@‘´•w—) -- apparently for all to see. She is later returned but refuses to have anything more to do with Nihe. She is identified as Umashihime (ŠÃ”ü•Q), a daughter of Sakamoto no Omi (â–{b). The larger story behind these smaller anecdotes is that some of the Yamato commanders were accompanied by their families. They had been freshly sent from Yamato to participate in the defense of Mimana and Kudara, but were members of forces that had been stationed on the peninsula to protect Yamato outposts and related interests. Some of these officials and their families could even have been settled there. That families would accompany military officers to what was regarded as a posting at a fronteir in barbaria suggests that Yamato did have a significant presence on the peninsula. Had Yamato's involvement with the peninsula been limited to dispatching forces to assist Kudara and Kaya in their defense against Shiragi, family members would never have made the crossing. Wives and children would have gone to the peninsula only if the conditions were relatively peaceful and safe. Presumably accompany families lived within secure permiters. It is fairly obvious from the larger context of the accounts of Nihe and Ikina that such permiters were overwhelmed by Silla forces, which proceded to destroy Yamato's outposts and force Yamato to retreat from the peninsula. Kudara roots What is interesting here is that the Silla and Yamato commanders are apparently able to communicate. Are they speaking through interpreters, or directly to each other?
Nihon shoki includes a number of Korean expressions. Some are represented by graphs used for their phonetic value in the original compilation, which means late 7th and early 8th centuries. Others are represented by furigana added to graphs when making copies between the 10th and early 14th centuries. Most expressions in both cases appear to be single words. One, however, seems to be an entire utterance. The utterance is ‹v{“òŽ©—˜, which is read ‚‚·‚É‚¶‚è (kusunijiri). An interlineal note, probably added later, states that "This Shiragi word is not yet clear [known, identified]" (ŸV—…Œê–¢Ú–ç). The situation is a bit commical. The Silla commander had shown a white flag. Nihe, who is said to not know very much about military matters, showed a white flag intending to acknowledge the Silla flag, which leads the Silla commander to assume that Yamato is calling it quits. After some confusion in which Nihe's forces are routed, the Silla commander stands on at the moat and shouts "Kusunijiri" at Nihe, who acknowledges by withdrawing his forces to a field camp. The Silla commander then enters the camp and captures Nihe and the others alive, and his accompanying wife (Ž»¶—¸‰Í•ÓbàùŠÊ“™‹y‘´•w). If the meaning of "Kusunijiri" is today a mystery, apparently Nihe understood what the Silla commander had said. Presumably the writers of the record on which the Nihon shoki story is based also understood what it meant. Perhaps the compilers of the Nihon shoki also recognized its meaning. But apparently, in time, the phrase became so opaque that later readers, including contemporary scholars, are unable to even hazard what it might mean. |
693 Koma people submit at Tsukushi, placed in Yamashiro |
Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 26 Summer 5, 565-6/7 |
Translation People of Koma Dzumuriyahe and other threw [themselves before the court] and changed [their allegiance] at Tsukushi, and [authorities] placed them in Yamashiro province. [They] are the forebears of the present Unehara, Nara, and Yamamura Koma people. Kanbun ‚—íl“ª–¶唎–ë•Ã“™“Š‰»‰—’}Ž‡A’uŽR”w‘B¡¤Œ´E“Þ—…EŽR‘º‚—íl”Væ‘c–çB(NKBT 68:127) Yamato translation Koma no hito Dzumuriyahe ra, Tsukushi ni maukite, Yamashiro no kuni ni haberi. Ima no UneharaENara [Note 22]EYamamura no Koma no hito no tohotsuoya nari. (NKBT 68:126) Nara NKBT Note 22 sites a source which says there was a Nara village (“ß—…‹½) in Yamashiro province. The note then says this village is now Kaminara and Shimonara of the town of Yahata in Tsudzuki county in present-day Kyoto prefecture. However, in 1977 the town of Yahata left the fold of the county and became a city. Notes 21 and 23 state that the locations of Unehara and Yamamura are not certain. Aston's translation Some Koryö men, Tsu-mu-ri-ya-phyé and others, emigrated to Tsukushi. They were settled in the province of Yamashiro, and were the ancestors of the present Koryö men of Une-hara, Nara, and Yamamura. (Aston 2:87) CommentsTsukushi and YamashiroTsukushi (’}Ž‡) is the old name of what today is called Kyūshū (‹ãB). Here it probably referred to the province of Tsukushi (’}Ž‡‘ (Tsukushi no kuni), which around the end of the 7th century divided into Chikuzen (’}‘O) on the coast facing Korea, and Chikugo (’}Œã) inland. These two provinces, with the part of Buzen (–L‘O) that bordered with Chikuzen at the Moji straits, became present-day Fukuoka prefecture. The Koma people most likely arrived on the coast of Chikuzen, possibly in the vicinity of the port of Hakata in present-day Fukuoka city, which faces the south coast of the Republic of Korea. Thousands of people, everyday today, ferry between Fukuoka and Pusan in as few as three hours. The crossings in the past would not have been nearly as fast or comfortable, much less safe. But people motivated to sail between the two areas could have done so in a couple of days under favorable conditions. Yamashiro, here ŽR”w, later ŽRé, was one of the five "inner provinces" of Yamato. In 794 it became the site of the Heian capital, around which grew a city that was later called Kyōto. What the above account shows -- which seems to have been typical of the times -- is that non-Yamato people arriving at a Yamato province from, in this case, the peninsula -- if not visitors who would in time leave, and if not unwelcome migrants -- would have been been settled somewhere after submitting to the authority of the court. In this case, some people arrived from Koma, most likely as refugees. After their submission and acceptance, they were taken to three settlements in Yamashiro. One of them, Nara, was in the vicinity of present-day Yawata, which shares borders with Fushimi-ku in metropolitan Kyoto. |
569 Enforcement of field registration and taxation practices |
687
Itsu ordered to enforce registration practices Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 30-1-1, 569-2-4 [2] |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded and said, "Measuring and establishing fields and and [their] guilds, this has come to be esteemed [upheld]. Those who, [though] when the year begins are [age] ten or over, have escaped registration and avoided levies have been many. It would be good to dispatch Itsu < Itsu is a nephew of Ō Jinni. < to examine and determine the field guilds and worker registers of Shirawi. Kanbun ÙžHA—Ê’u“c•”A‘´—ˆ®ááB”N•á\—]A’EЙ\‰ÛŽÒOB‹XŒ’_’ÃA < ’_’ÃŽÒA‰¤’CŽ¢”V‰™–ç > B ŒŸ’è”’’–“c•”’šÐB(NKBT 68:127) Yamato translation Mikotonori shite notamahaku, "Tabe [Note 26] wo hakarioku koto, sono arikuru koto hisashi. Toshi hajimete towo-amari [Note 27], nanofumita ni morite etsuki ni nogaruru hito ohoshi. Itsu < Itsu [Note 28] ha Wau Jinni [Note 29] ga ohi nari. > wo tsukahashite, Shirawi no tabe no yohoro no fumita [Note 30] wo kamugahe sadameshimubeshi" to no tamafu. (NKBT 68:127) Tabe NKBT Note 26 glosses "tabe" (“c•”) as meaning "people affiliated with a court (government) storehouse [granary]" (“Ô‘q‚Ì–¯ miyake no tami). The note identifies the Shirai registers as those associated with the Shirai storehouse (”’’–“Ô‘q Shirawi miyake) built in the five districts of Kibi by Soga no Iname and others 14 years earlier (Kinmei 16 Autumn 7, 555-8/9). Kibi (‹g”õ), a fairly large territory, was later divided into Bizen (”õ‘O), Bichū (”õ’†), Bingo (”õŒã), and Mimasaka (”üì), which are mostly in Okayama but partly in Hiroshima prefectures. Toshi hajimete towo-amari NKBT Note 27 interprets this line as meaning that children were supposed to be counted as taxable heads when they reached the age of ten. Itsu NKBT Note 28 identifies Itsu as the son of the older brother Misa [Misha] (–¡¹) of Fune no Fubito Ō Jinni [Shinni] (‘DŽj‰¤’CŽ¢). The note then refers to headnote 16 to an earlier 553 account. Wau Jinni NKBT Note 29 observes that Ō Jinni was a "Paekche-descent submitter-changer" (•SÏŒn‹A‰»l Kudara-kei kikajin) and refers to the earlier account alluded to in Note 28. 553 accountAn earlier 553 account states that Soga no Iname, pursuant to a command from Kinmei, sent Ō Jinni to count and record shipping taxes (”˜^‘D•Š), and immediately made him the Fune no Tsukasa (‘D’·) or "head of ships". For that reason, Ō Jinni was given the title (© kabane) "Fune no Fubito" (‘DŽj), and as such he was the progenitor of the then "Fune no Muraji" (‘D˜A). Headnote 16 to this account cites a 790 genealogical account in the Shoku Nihongi, according to which both Misa and Jinni are descendants of the 16th Paekche King Kishu [Kisu]. (Kinmei 14 Autumn 7-4, 553-7-31 [29], NKBT 68:104-105 and note 16, Aston 2:68-89. See also Enryaku 9 Autumn 7-17, 790-9-4 [8-31], SZKT SN-2:546.) For more details on this line of descent, see Kudara clan. yohoro no fumita NKBT Note 30 remarks that ’šÐ probably refers only to the registers of males who are subject to head taxes. ’š (tei, chō, yohoro) means a man who is of age. ‰Û’š (katei) is a synonym for ‰ÛŒû (kakō), meaning taxation of heads (mouths) in kind (’²) or labor (—f). ’j’š (dantei) means a man who is subject to corvee labor. Aston's translation An edict was issued as follows:--"The institution of serfs [Note 1] is a custom of old standing. But for more than ten years past, there have been many whose names have been omitted from the lists, and who have avoided their tasks. Let Itsu < Itsu was nephew of Ō Chin-ni [Note 2] > be sent to revise the lists of the serfs of Shirawi." (Aston 2:87) The institution of serfs Aston Note 1 says "Lit. Rice-field Be." Ō Chin-ni Aston Note 2 says "Apparently a Corean or Chinese name." CommentsRegistersWe see here precisely the use to which registers have subsequently been put throughout Japanese history. The preface to the Family Registration Law of 1872 clearly presents the logic for nationalizing household registration. The same logic prevailed in the later nationalization of Taiwan, Karafuto, and Korea as Chosen, and prevails today in the computerization of family registration. |
569
56 Koma [Koguryo] submitters settled in Hitachi Nihon shoki 19, Kinmei 30 Summer 4, 569-5/6 |
Translation Itsu examined and inspected the field guilds [and] workers of Shirai, and in accordance with [the sovereign's] command [he] established registers. As a result [their families] became field households. The sovereign delighted in the achievement of Itsu establishing registers, and conferred on him a title and made him Shirai no Fubito. Moreover [he] appointed [him] Ta-tsu-kahi, and made [him] the assistant of the Mitsuko. < [As for] Mitsuko see above. > Kanbun ’_’ÃŒŸ‰{”’’–“c•”’šŽÒAˆËÙ’èÐB‰Ê¬“cŒËB“Vc‰Ã’_’Ã’èДVŒ÷AŽ’©ˆ×”’’–ŽjBq”q“c—ßAˆ×Žq”V•›B < ŽqŒ©ãB > (NKBT 68:127, 129) Yamato translation Itsu, Shirawi no tahe no yohoro wo kamugahemite, mikotonori no mama ni fumita wo sadamu. Hatashite tahe wo nasu. Sumera mikoto, Itsu ga fumita wo sadameshi isawo wo yomishite, kabane wo tamahite Shirawi no Fubito to su. Sunahachi Tatsukahi [Note 33] ni maketamahite, Mitsuko [Note 1] ga suke to shitamafu. < Mitsuko ha kami ni mietari. > (NKBT 68:127-128) Tatsukahi NKBT Note 33 refers to a note to an earlier notice (NS 19, Kinmei 17-7, 556-7/8), in which it is explained that a "Tatsukahi" (“c—ß) was someone who oversaw the operation of a court storehouse [granary] (“Ô‘q miyake). As a Chinese term, “c—ß means "field (“c) governing (—ß)" in the sense of either a person or a law which governs fields -- in this case the former, hence a "field governor (director, manager)". As a Yamato term, "tatsukahi" means "field (ta) handler (tsukai)". (NKBT 68:117, note 26) Mitsuko NKBT Note 1 refers to the same earlier entry (NS 19, Kinmei 17-7, 556-7/8), in which Mitsuko is identified as Kaduraki no Yamada no Atahi Mitsuko. This entry states that Mitsuko was made the Tatsukahi of the Shirai storehouse, but he is not otherwise identified. The same note for "tatsukahi" hazards that he was probably placed in charge of all the storehouses. (NKBT 68:117, note 26) Aston's translation Itsu revised the serfs of Shirawi, and in accordance with the edict, settled the lists, so that land-families [Note 3] were formed. The Emperor, by way of compliment to Itsu on his success in settling the lists, gave him the title of Shirawi no Obito, and moreover appointed him Tadzukahi under Midzuko < Midzuko is mentioned above > . [Note 4] (Aston 2:87) Aston Note 3 says "“cŒË or field-house, i.e., families or groups of cultivators." Aston Note 4 says "XIX. 49." CommentsItsu as registrarIn the above two related entires about the appointment of Itsu first as a registrar, then as an assistant director of a court granary, we see a good example of how some of the more literate and skilled descendants of people who had migrated to Yamato, in this case from Kudara (Paekche), were integrated into the caste of titled clans that served the court. |
595 Koma priest Eji changes his allegiance and become's the crown prince's tutor |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 3-5-10, 595-6-24/22 |
Translation 10th day of 5th month [of 3rd year of Suiko]. The Koma monk Eji submitted and changed. At once the imperial-first-son [crown prince] made him a [his] tutor. This year, Kudara monk Esō [also] came. These two monks, spread the teachings of Buddha, and together they constituted the roof [over] [heads, leaders] of the three treasures. Kanbun ŒÜŒŽ•èŒßñ’š‰KA‚—í‘mŒdŽœŸd‰»B‘¥c‘¾ŽqŽt”VB◎¥歲A•SàZ‘mŒdãà˜Ò”VBŸ™_‘mAO‰‰˜Å‹³A•À਎O›”V“—ÀB(NKBT 68:175) Yamato translation Satsuki no tsuchi-no-euma no tsuitachi-hinoto-no-unohi ni, Koma no houshi Weji mauomobuku. Sunahachi koutaishi, norinoshi to shitamafu. Kotoshi, Kudara no hofushi Wesou maukeri. Kono futari no houshi, Hotoke no minori wo hiromete [Note 16], narabi ni ni sanpou no mune-utsuhari [Note 17] to naru. (NKBT 68:174) Note 16 explains that O in O‰‰ (kōen) means "to flex (bend) a bow full elbow", while ‰‰ is the same "pull" or "stretch". In other words, "to flow long". Hence "broaden (spread) the teachings" of Buddha. Note 17 states that “ (mune) refers to the horizontal boards that form the frame that receives the roof [i.e., the ridge and rafters of a roof], while —À (hari) refer to the large beams of a house. So together they mean the [entire] frame [of the house]. The received Yamato translation expresses “—À (tōryō, munehari) as "mune-utsuhari" (‚Þ‚Ë‚¤‚‚͂è). The term "utsuhari" (utsubari) refers to the large horizontal cross beams that sit on the posts and pillars of a structure, and as such they accept the frame of the roof. mauomobuku This term reflects two components -- (1) "mau" meaning in one sense to "dance" or "float" (mau •‘‚¤) and in another to "come" deferentially (mairiku ŽQ‚è—ˆ < mawiriku ƒ}ƒƒŠƒN), and (2) "omobuku" (•‹‚ omomuku), meaning to "follow" or "obey" or "submit to". This has become the most common way of glossing the Sinific compound ‹A‰» in the language that I am here calling "Yamato" in reference to contemporary "Japanese". maukeri This reflects the final form of the verb "mauku" (‚Ü‚¤‚ •‘—ˆ < ƒ}ƒƒN mawiku > mouku ‚à‚¤‚). The attributive form is "maikeru" (see 540 Hata and Aya titles for an example). This, too, deferentially describes the "coming" or "visiting" of someone of lower status. sanpou "Sanpō" (ŽO› > ŽO•ó) refers to the "three treasures" of Buddhism -- "Buppōsō" (•§–@‘m), meaning "Buddha" (Butsu •§ Hotoke) in the sense of his spirit and example, Dharma (Hō –@) in the sense of the precepts of Buddha's teachings, and Sangha (Sō ‘m) in the sense of the community of monks who practice and disseminate Buddha's teachings. Aston's translation 5th month, 10th day. A priest of Koryö, named Hyé-chă, emigrated to Japan, and was taken as teacher by the Prince Imperial. In the same year a Pèkché priest, named Hyé-chhong, arrived. These two priests preached the Buddhist religion widely, and were together the mainstay of the Three Precious Things. (Aston 2:123) Aston romanized the Sino-Korean proper nouns in the system that was popular at the time of his translation. "Koryö" (Koryŏ 고려) is "Kōrai" (‚—í) in Sino-Japanese but "Koma" in Yamato Japanese. "Pèkché" (Paekche 백제) would be "Hyakusai" (•SàZ) in SJ (though it is rarely read this way) but "Kudara" in YJ. Eji (ŒdŽœ) (d623) and Esō (Œd‘) (dates unknown) are the Sino-Japanese names of the men Aston calls Hyé-chă (Hyeja 혜자) and Hyé-chhong (Hyechong" 혜총) in SK. emigrated to Japan Aston describes of Eji's movements from a vantage point outside Japan. This is odd, since the narrative viewpoint is within Japan. |
612 Kudaran landscape gardener with white spots on skin resists banishment |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 20, 612-2-10/7 -- 613-1-29/26 |
Translation This year [20th year of Suiko], there was a person who changed [allegiance] and came from Kudara country. His face and body [were] all patched white. [People wondered] if he had leprosy. [People] lisliked this unusualness of the man, and wanted to cast (abandon) him to an island in the sea. Uponwhich the man said, "If you dislike my piebald skin, white mottled cattle and horses, you should not breed in [this] country. Moreover I have a small tallent. I can make forms [landscapes] of mountains and peaks [in gardens]. Let me stay and use me, and for the country there will be benefits. Why void this and cast (abandon) [me] [to] a sea island?" Thereupon, [the people] listed to him and hence did not cast [him away]. Accordingly [authorities] ordered [him] to make a form of Suminoyama and a Wu bridge in the southern garden. Contemporary people styled this person, saying (calling him) Michiko no Takumi. Another name was Shiki Maro. Kanbun ¥歲AŽ©•SàZš —L‰»˜ÒŽÒB‘´–ÊgŠF”Á”’BŽá—L”’ᚎҌÁBœ¦‘´ˆÙ‰—lA—~ŠüŠC’†“ˆB‘R‘´lžHAŽáœ¦b”V”Á”çŽÒA”’”Á‹”nA•s‰Â’{‰—š ’†B–’b—L¬ËB”\\ŽRŠx”VŒ`B‘´—¯bŽ§—pA‘¥à¨š —L—˜B‰½‹ó”VŠüŠC“ˆ–ëB‰—¥Aã㑴熈ȕsŠüB˜¹—ß\{œ\ŽRŒ`‹y吳‹´‰—“ì’ëBŽžlåj‘´lAžH˜HŽqHB–’–¼ŽÅãË–€˜CB(NKBT 68:197, 199) Yamato translation Kotoshi, Kudara kuni onodzukara ni [Note 32] maukuru mono ari. Sono omote mukuro, mina madara nari. Moshiku ha shirahata [Note 33] aru mono ka. Sono hito ni kenaru koto wo nikumite, watanaka no shima ni sutemu to su. Shikaru ni sono hito no ihaku, "Moshi Yatsukare no madarahada wo nikumitamawaba, shiromadara naru ushiuma wo ba, kuni no naka ni kafu bekarazu. Mata Yatsukare, isasaka-naru kado ari, yoku yama-woka no katachi wo tsuku. Sore Yatsukare wo todomete mochiwitamahaba, kuni no tame ni kuhosa arinamu. Nani zo munashiku umi no shima ni futsuru (sutsuru) ya." to ifu. Koko ni, sono kotoba wo kikite futezu (sutezu). Yorite Suminoyama [Note 3] no katachi oyobi Kurehashi [Note 4] wo Ohoba [Note 5] ni tsuke to ohosu. Toki no hito, sono hito wo nadzukete, Michiko no Takumi to ifu. Mata no na ha Shiki Maro. (NKBT 68:197-198) Note 32, explaining the reading of onodzukarani for ‰», states that here ‰» means "to follow (abide with, adhere to) edification (enlightenment)" (kyōka ni shitagau ‹³‰»‚É]‚¤). [WW -- This alludes to an embrace of specific moral teachings by someone who then either converts to the religion that nurtures them, or changes one's allegiance to the country where they are practiced.] The Reading it "onodzukara ni" in kun (ŒP Yamato, Japanese) considers this [meaning], the annotator adds, then concludes -- "It means a person who came to the [realm of the Yamato] court because he years for our country. Or should it here perhaps be read in kun 'omomuke ni maukeru mono'" (‚킪‘‚̂悳‚ð•ç‚Á‚Ä—ˆ’©‚·‚éŽÒ‚̈ÓB‚±‚±‚ ‚é‚¢‚̓Iƒ‚ƒ€ƒPƒjƒ}ƒEƒPƒ‹ƒ‚ƒm‚ÆŒP‚ނׂ«‚©B). [WW -- "omomuke ni maukeru mono" would mean "person who came to follow (obey, submit to)".] Note 33, referring to shirahata rather than "byakurai" as the reading of ”’áš, cites the entry for ”’á• (hakuden, shironamazu) in Wamyōshō (˜a–¼´), referring to Wamyō ruiju shō (˜`–¼—ÞãÚ´), an early 10th century dictionary of names for things (see below). The description is consistent with what today would be called "vitiligo" or "leucoderma" (leukoderma), a "piebald skin" condition that manifests as white patches due to lack of pigmentation (piebaldism). The patching can be topical, in which case it is limited to specific parts of the body like the hands or face, or it can appear randomly and extensively all over the body. The note also cites Hōkakyō (–@‰ØŒo), more fully known as Myōhō Renge Kyō (––@˜@‰ØŒo), or Lotus Sutra, which which refers to "byakuraibyō" (”’áš•a) or "white leprosy". Leucoderma, which may be genetic or may be associated with other illnesses or conditions, is sometimes confused for white leprosy, the milder form of the contagious disease that, in many societies, has been cause for ostracization and isolation. Note 3 glosses {œ\ŽR, read Suminoyama in the Yamato translation, as the mountain that constitutes the center of the world in Buddhist doctrine. [WW -- Kōjien gives its Sino-Chinese-Sanskrit reading as "Shumisen" (more commonly than "Sumisen"), which represents its Sanskrit name "Suneru".] Notes 4 and 5 identify the "Wu bridge" (Kurebashi Œà‹´) as a stone bridge in the [large] garden (ohoba < ooba < ōba ‘å’ë) inside the south gate of the palace. Aston's translation This year a man emigrated from Pèché whose face and body were all flecked with white, being perhaps affected with white ringworm. People disliking his extraordinary appearance, wished to cast him away on an island in the sea. But this man said: -- "If you dislike my spotted skin you should not breed horses or kine in this country which are spotted with white. Moreover, I have a small talent. I can make the figures of hills and mountains. If you kept me and made use of me, it would be to the advantage of the country. Why should you waste me by casting me away on an island of the sea?" Hereupon they gave ear to his words and did not cast him away. Accordingly he was made to draw the figures of Mount Sumi [Note 1] and of the Bridge of Wu in the Southern Court. The people of that time called him by the name of Michiko no Takumi, and he was also called Shikomaro. [Note 2] (Aston 2:144) Aston Note 1 says "In Sanskrit, Sumèru. The central mountain or axis of every universe, the support of the tiers of heaven, according to the Buddhist system. Aston Note 2 says Shiko means ugly. |
612 Kudaran musician and dancer Mimashi submits |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 20, 612-2-10/7 -- 613-1-29/26 |
Translation And the Kudaran Mimashi submitted, and said, "[I] have studied in Wu, and am able to do gigaku (Kuregaku) dances. Accordingly [he] was settled in Sakurai, and [he] gathered [some] young-in-years [students], and ordered them to learn gigaku dance. And so, Mano no Obito Deshi and Imaki no Ayahito Saimon, two men learned and transmitted the dances. Now Oochi no Obito and Sakita no Obito and others are the parents (possessors, teachers, transmitters, teachers). http://yatanavi.org/textserch/index.php/search/tag/“ú–{‘‹I http://www.seisaku.bz/nihonshoki/shoki_22.htmlKanbun –”•SàZl–¡–€”VŸd‰»AžHA›{˜°吳A“¾ŠêžÙ儛B‘¥ˆÀ’uŸNˆäAŽ§W”NA—ßKŠêžÙ儛B‰—¥AáÁ–ìŽñ’íŽqEVŠ¿àZ•¶A“ñlK”V˜ú‘´儛BŸ¡‘åŽsŽñEç„“cŽñ“™祖–çB(NKBT 68:199) Yamato translation Mata Kudarabito Mimashi, maukiomomukeri. Ihaku, "Kure ni manabite, Kuregaku no mahi o etari" to ifu. Sunawachi Sakurawi ni hoberashimete, warawabe wo tsudohete, Kuregaku nomahi wo narahashimu. Kore ni, Mano no Obito Deshi·Imaki no Ayahito Saimon, futari no hito, narahite sono mahi wo tsutafu. Kore ima, Ohochi no Obito·Sakita no Obito ra ga oya nari. (NKBT 68:198) maukiomomukeri Final form of "maukiomomuku", a compound constructed from "mauki" plus "omomuku". "Mauki" is the conjunctive or "stem" form of "mauku" (ŽQ—ˆ) < "mairiku" (ŽQ‚è—ˆ) > "mairikuru" (ŽQ‚è—ˆ‚é), a deferential form of "to come". "Omomuku" (omobuku) means to go somewhere or visit someone, usually to pay one's respects, and thus it may imply -- as it does here -- an intent to follow or submit to someone's authority. Kuregaku is the provided "kun" (Yamato, Japanese) reading for ŠêžÙ, which is read "gigaku" in present-day Sino-Japanese. Performers wore masks of different human and animal characters and mimed their actions with dance accompanied by music. Mimashi (–¡–€”V), about whom nothing else is known, is credited as the Kudaran who introduced such performances to Japan. He reportedly learned them in Wu. Note 8 states that they oiginated in India and Tibet, and were introduced to China's Southern Court. Greece and Indonesia have also been candidates for their origin. "gigakubu" and "kabuki" The graphs ŠêŠy儛 are also read "Kure no utamai" meaning "songs-and-dances of Wu" but this is an interpretation, not a translation. The terms ŠêŠy儛 (gigakubu) and ‰Ì•‘Šê (kabuki) are structurally comparable in the sense that both represent a "performance" (Šê) of "music, song" (ŠyA‰Ì) with "dance (儛, •‘). Aston's translation Another man of Pèkché named Mimachi emigrated to Japan. He said that he had learned from Wu their style of music and dancing. He was accordingly lodged at Sakurawi, and young people collected who were made to learn from him these arts. Hereupon Deshi, [Note 3] Manu no Obito, and Seibun, Imaki no Ayabito, learned dancing from him, and handed it down (to their pupils). (Aston 2:144) Aston's Note 3 states "Deshi mean's pupil." |
609 Many Sillans change and come |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 23-11-2, 615-11-30/27 |
Translation This year, many Sillans changed [their allegiance] and came. Kanbun ¥歲AV—…l‘½‰»˜ÒB(NKBT 68:193) Yamato translation Kotoshi, Shiraki hito ohoku mauomomukeri. (NKBT 68:174) mauomomukeri Final form of "mauomomuku" (•‘•‹‚). See note on mauomobuku in Aston's translation In this year many persons from Silla came to settle in Japan. (Aston 2:139) |
615 Koma priest Eji returns to country |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 23-11-15, 615-12-13/10 |
Translation On the 15th [sic], the Koma monk Eji returned to [his] country. Kanbun ᡉKA‚—í‘mŒdŽœŸd˜°š B(NKBT 68:201) Yamato translation Midzu-no-to no u no hi, Koma no hofushi Wiji, kuni ni kaherimakarinu. (NKBT 68:200) kaherimakarinu Final past (perfect) of "kaerimakaru", consisting of (1) connective stem "kaeri" of "kaeru" (‹A‚é) meaning to return to one's place of belonging, such as one's home, office, or country, plus (2) connective stem "makari" of "makaru" (”ë‚é) meaning to take leave from somewhere, plus (3) final past (perfect) marker "nu" (‚Ê). This Yamato "translation" of ‹A thus includes the action of "leaving Yamato" along with the action of "returning" to Kudara. Aston's translation 11th [sic] day. The Koryö Buddhist priest Hyé-chă returns to his country. (Aston 2:146) |
616 3 Yakuans submit, 7 come, and another 20 come |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 24-3, 616-3/4 Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 24 Summer 5, 616-5/6 Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 24 Autumn 7, 616-7/8 |
Translation Kanbun ŽOŒŽAt‹èlŽOŒûŸd‰»B‰ÄŒÜŒŽA–éŒùlŽµŒû˜Ò”VBHŽµŒŽA–’t‹èl“ùŒû˜Ò”VBæŒã幷™¿lAŠFˆÀ’u‰—–pˆäA–¢‹yŠÒŠFŽ€àB(NKBT 68:201) Yamato translation (NKBT 68:200) Yayoi ni, Yakubito [Note 9] mitari, mauomobukeri. mauomobukeri The same term is used to translate both ‹A‰» (1st instance) and —ˆ”V (2nd and 3rd instances). Elsewhere "bu" may be "mu" (see example of "mauomomukeri" in Note 9·10 states "People of present-day Yakushima (‰®‹v“‡) (Kagoshima-ken, Kumage-gun)." Note 11 concludes that the location of Enowi (–pˆä) -- a name associated with the Enoibe during the Asakusa period -- may have been in present-day Nara city (Nara prefecture) or Kishiwada city (Ōsaka prefecture). "Enoi" is also found as an clan name (uji Ž) the Shinsen shōji roku (Vï©Ž˜^), an early 9th century peerage. Yakushima The 1st and 3rd instances of "Yakushima" are written t‹è while the 2nd instance is written –éŒù. both in constrast with ‰®‹v today. Yakushima was not then part of the Yamato realm but one of the numerous islands to the south and west of Kyūshū called the "South islands" (Nantō “쓇). Their inhabitants "South islanders" (Nantojin “쓇l). How and why the 30 Yaku islanders came is not clear. Japan's early historical chronologies have a number of reports of South islanders arriving in Japan, sometimes blown to a shore in Japan by a storm. The South islands generally corresponded to what are now called the "Southwest islands" (Nansei shotō “ì¼”“‡), which include all the islands from the the Ōshima islands (‘å‹÷”“‡) that center on Yakushima in present-day Kagoshima prefecture, to the Yaeyama islands (”ªdŽR”“‡) at the bottom of the chain of islands that constitute Okinawa prefecture. All these islands, which form an arc between Kyushu and Taiwan, are also commonly called the Ryūkyū islands. By the Tokugawa period, they had come under the suzerainty of a couple of domains in southern Kyūshū. When the domains were prefecturized in the Meiji period, Japan also claimed the Ryukyus, the most northern islands of which became part of Kagoshima prefecture, while the rest became Okinawa prefecture. ‰ÚˆÎE”¹lE“쓇lAston's translation (Aston 2:146) 3rd month. Three men from the Island of Yaku [Note 2] home hither as emigrants. Aston's Note 2 states "Off the south coast of Satsuma." |
616 616 Seven Yakuans come |
Nihon shoki 22, Suiko 24 Summer 5, 616-5/6 |
Translation Kanbun (NKBT 68:175) Yamato translation (NKBT 68:174) mauomobuku Aston's translation (Aston 2:123) |
631 Kudara King Giji sends prince Hosho as hostage |
Nihon shoki 23, Jomei 3 Spring 3-1, 631-4/5 |
Translation The king of Kudara Giji [Uija] entered [sent] king-son [prince] Hōshōd [to Yamato] and made [him] a pawn [hostage] Kanbun •Sω¤‹`Žœ“ü‰¤Žq–L͈׎¿B(NKBT 68:229) Yamato translation Kudara no Kokishi Giji, seshimu Houshau wo tatematsurite mukahari to su [Note 23]. (NKBT 68:228) mukahari to su NKBT Note 23 glosses "mukahari to su" as meaning “üŽ¿ (nyūshitsu) or "placing in hock" as collateral. It then observes that "mu" means g (mi) or "body" while "kawari" means ‘Ö‚è (kawari) or "substitution". In present-day Japanese, "shichiire" (Ž¿“ü‚ê) means "putting (something) in hock" or "pawning (something)" while "hitojichi" (lŽ¿) means "human pawn" or "hostage". Aston's translation Wi-chă [Note 9], King of Pèkché, sent Prince Phung-chyang as hostage. (Aston 2:165) Wi-chă Aston Note 9 says "Wi-chă, according to the "Tongkam," came to the throne in A.D. 641. So there is something wrong here." |
643 Kudara prince Hosho tries to raise bees |
Nihon shoki 24, Kōgyoku 2, "this year" (¥Î), 643 |
Translation Kudara prince Yohō [Puyo Hōshō], with four nests of honeybees, released [left] [them] [in order to] nurture [raise] [them] in the Miwa mountains. However in the end [they] did not thrive and live [survive, multipy]. Kanbun •SÏ‘¾Žq—]–LAˆÈ–§–I–[Žl–‡A•ú—{‰—ŽO—ÖŽRBŽ§I•s”ב§B(NKBT 68:253) Yamato translation Kudara no Konkishi Yohou [Note 17], michihachi [Note 18] no su yotsu wo mote, Miwayama [Note 19] ni hanachikafu. Shikaushite tsuhi ni umaharazu. (NKBT 68:253) Yohou NKBT Note 17 identifies "Yohō" as the "Hōshō" who was sent as a hostage in the 631 account (NS-23, Jomei 3 Spring 3-1). michihachi NKBT Note 18 cites a man'yōgana expression for "michihachi" (honeybees) and sources which suggest that honey from bees was eaten, then wonders if bee raising was introduced from Paekche. Miwayama NKBT Note 19 associates Miwayama with Sakurai city in present-day Nara prefecture. The city is south of Nara city, and Mt. Miwa is northeast of the city. Aston's translation This year the Heir Apparent to the throne of Pèkché Yö Phung-chyang, set loose and kept four hives of honey bees on Mount Miwa; but they did not multiply their kind. (Aston 2:184) CommentsColony collapse disorderPerhaps Puyo Hōshō's beekeeping efforts were thwarted by a syndrome that entomologists who study epidmics among bees now called "colony collapse disorder" (CCD). |
645
Status of children of "good" and "slave" men and women wohomitakara Œö–¯ kōmin yatsuko “z›X Œö–¯ nuhi |
Nihon shoki 25, Kōtoku Taika 1-8-5, 645-9-3 [8-31] |
Translation [The sovereign] then commanded [his] the governors of the provinces and said, "Following where [what = the moral authority] the gods of heaven have given [me] and [I] have received, [I] hereby now begin to truly develop (construct, overhaul) the myriad provinces. Always: [ Household registers, fields, and benefits ] [As for] the people (public affiliates) belonging to (possessed) by the court (house of provinces, family of countries), and the masses of people who [clans and houses] large and small lead (claim), [when] you go to your posts, [for] all [these people] make a household register, and investigate field areas (measure cultivated land in mu). [As for] the benefits of those, the gardens and ponds and the water and land, give [the benefits] to the hundred surnames (common people) together (in common). . . . [Omitted] . . . [ Status of children ] As for the law of men and women, where (when) a good (free) man and a good (free) woman are together there is born a child (a child born to a good man and a good woman together), allocate [the child] to (place the child with) its father. Should where a good man has married (taken as his wife) a slave woman (unfree woman) there be born a child (should a child be born to a slave woman a good man has married), allocate [the child] to its mother. Should where a good woman has married (become the wife of) a slave man (unfree man) there be born a child, allocate [the child] to its father. Should where both houses (families) be slaves (= a slave man and a slave woman) there be born a child, allocate [the child] to the [house of the] mother. If [the child is] the child of a temple worker, comply with (treat the same as in) the law for good people. As for others who enter (join, become) slaves (= slave men and slave women), comply with the law for slave men and slave women. Now sufficiently show people [these measures] as the beginning of control (restriction, regulation, systemization)." Kanbun ˜¹Ù‘Ži“™žHA“V_”VŠ•òŠñA•û¡Žn«C–œ‘B–} [ Household registers, fields, and benefits ] ‘‰ÆŠ—LŒö–¯A‘嬊—ÌlOA“ð“™”V”CAŠFìŒËÐA‹yZ“c¤B‘´‰’’r…—¤”V—˜A—^•S©‹äB. . . [Omitted] . . . [ Status of children ]–”’j—”V–@ŽÒA—Ç’j—Ç—‹¤Š¶ŽqA”z‘´•ƒBŽá—Ç’jA›W›XŠ¶ŽqA”z‘´•êBŽá—Ç—A‰Å“zŠ¶ŽqA”z‘´•ƒBŽá—¼‰Æ“z›XŠ¶ŽqA”z‘´•êBŽáŽ›‰ÆŽd’š”VŽqŽÒA”@—Çl–@BŽá•Ê“ü“z›XŽÒA”@“z›X–@B¡ŽŒ©lˆ×§”VŽnB (NKBT 68:273, 275, 277) Yamato translation Yorite kuni no mikotomochi tachi ni mikotonori shite notamahaku, "Amatsukami no ukeyosaseta mahishi mama ni, masa ni ima hajimete kuniguni wo wosamemu to su. [ Household registration, fields, and benefits ] Ohoyoso ame no shita no tamoteru ohomitakara [Note 24], ohoki ni isasakeki ni adzukareru hitodomo wo, imashitachi makedokoro ni makarite, mina he no fumita [Note 26] wo tsukuri, mata tahatake wo kamugaheyo. Kare sono ike midzu kunuga no kuhosa ha, ohomitakara to tomo ni seyo. . . . [Omitted] . . . [ Status of children ] Ohomitakara wonokoEohomitakara menoko [Note 35] tomo ni umeramu tokoro no ko ha, sono kazo ni tsukeyo [Note 36]. Moshi ohomitakara wonoko, menoko yatsuko wo makite umeramu tokoro no ko ha, sono iroha ni tsukeyo. Moshi ohomitakara menoko, wonoko yatsuko ni totsugite umeramu tokoro no ko ha, sono kazo ni tsukeyo. Moshi futatsu no ihe no wonoko yatsukoEmenoko yatsuko no umeramu tokoro no ko ha, sono iroha ni tsukeyo. Moshi tera no tsukahe no yohoro [Note 1] no ko naraba, ohomitakara no nori [Note 2] no gotoku seyo. Moshi koto ni yatsuko ni ireraba, yatsuko no nori no gotoku seyo. Ima yoku hito ni nori no hajimetaru koto wo shimesamu." (NKBT 68:273, 275-276) Aston's translation Then the Governors were addressed as follows:--"In accordance with the charge entrusted to Us by the Gods of Heave, We propose at this present for the first time to regulate the myriad provinces. [ Household registration, fields, and benefits ] When you proceed to your posts, prepare registers of all the free subjects of the State and of the people under the control of others, whether great or small. Take account also of the acreage of cultivated land. As to the profits arising from the gardens and ponds, the water and land, deal with them in common with the people. . . . [Omitted] . . . [ Status of children ] Moreover the law of men and women shall be that the children born of a free man and a free woman shall belong to the father : if a free man takes to wife a slave woman, her children shall belong to the mother : if a free woman marries a slave man, the children of the marriage shall belong to the father ; if they are slaves of two houses, the children shall belong to the mother. The children of temple serfs shall follow the rule for freemen. But in regard to others who become slaves, they shall be treated according to the rule for slaves. Do ye now publish this well to the people as a beginning of regulations." (Aston 2:200, 202) Reischauer's summary Laws were drawn up concerning slaves (nuhi). [In cases of mixed marriages between free people and slaves, all the children were to belong to the slave parent and were to be treated as slaves.] (Reischauer 1967A:146) Notesame no shita (‘‰Æ) The translators have read ‘‰Æ -- a graphic metaphor for "imperial house" or "court" or "state" -- with the Yamato equivalent of “V‰º -- "[all] under [the rule of] heaven" and by extension the ruling sovereign. tamoteru (Š—L) NKBT Note 23 to this phrase cites two examples of similar phrasing elsewhere in the Nihon Shoki -- ‘“àŠ—L in Yūryaku 8-2 (464), and b˜A”º‘¢‘‘¢‘ºŽñŠ—L•”‹È”V–¯ in the Reform Edict (‰üVÙ Kaishin no mikotonori) of Taika 2 (646).(Headnote 23, NKBT 68;273). The note states that the former instance of Š—L is read "ari to aru" and the latter is read "tamoteru". ohomitakara (Œö–¯) NKBT Note 24 refers to the first appearance of the term Œö–¯ (ōmitakaka < ‘åŒä•óAalso •S©) in a 620 notice. Aston translates the term "free subjects" in that notice. See comments on "Good and base" and "Free people and slaves" below. he no fumita (ŒËÐ) NKBT 26 refers to the 540 report that Hata and Aya were given titles and enrolled in household registers (Kinmei 1-8, see 540 Hata and Aya titles), and to Notes 37 and 38 on registers in the more formal statement of the so-called Taika reforms in 646 (Kōtoku, Taika 2-1-1, see 646 Household registers begin). Ohomitakara wonokoEohomitakara menoko (—Ç’j—Ç—) NKBT Note 35 points out that, whereas here people are divided into only good (—Ç ryō) and slaves (“z›X nuhi), the status law (g•ª–@) of the Yōrō codes divided people into good and base (—Ç‘G), and further divided base (‘G) into five categories, namely tomb households (—ËŒË ryōko), official households (Š¯ŒË kanko), house persons (‰Æl kenin), public slaves (Œö“z›X kunuhi), and private slaves (Ž„“z›X shinuhi). See comments on "Good and base" below. kazo ni tsukeyo (”z‘´•ƒ) NKBT Note 36 states that this and similar following provisions "stipulated the affiliation of a child of issue due to marriage (¥ˆ÷‚É‚æ‚銶‚ÌŽq kon'in ni yoru shosei no ko) of the same color [status] or between different colors [statuses]." As used in the note, Š¶ (shosei) represents one of numerous Sino-Japanese compounds of the Š{V type that are generally understood as nominalized passive constructions, in which Š (sho, tokoro), meaning essentially "place" or "situation" or "where" something occurs, nominalizes the action that follows as a consequence of a condition that is previously specified ("Y who X has Zed") as in the translated account or unspecified (as here). Here Š¶ would mean simply "where [due to some condition] there is born [something]" -- in otherwords, the "issue" of an alliance. Other examples abound: Š—L (shoyū) meaning "where [something] is possessed" or "ownership"; ŠŽ (shoji) meaning "where [something] is held" or "possession"; ŠŒ© (shoken) meaning "where [something] is seen" or "observation"; ŠŠ meaning "where [something] is overseen" hence "jurisdiction" -- ad infinitum. tsukahe no yohoro (Žd’š) NKBT Note 1 observes that this phrase was used to mean either a specific person who contributed work or service to the "house of a master" (Žå‰Æ) meaning a local ruler, or to the "house of provinces" or "family of countries" (‘‰Æ) meaning the sovereign or the sovereign's court (today the "state"), or the specific work or service performed by such a person. ohomitakara no nori (—Çl–@) Note that the Yamato translation conflates "good people" (—Çl) with "public affiliates / subjects" (Œö–¯). NKBT Note 2 observes that, according to the codes, performance of work or service to a ruler or sovereign was a post of good subjects, so apparently at the time temple workers were regarded as "subordinate subjects" (—ê‘®–¯ reizokumin) -- meaning they were of a lower class than mere subjects. Confer the term “z—ê (dorei), meaning generally bondage or slavery, or a bonded person or slave. CommentaryGood and baseThe graph —Ç generally means "good" and is used in numerous compounds with this meaning. The term —Ç–¯ (ryōmin) referred to a "good affiliate / subject" of country. As such it came to be used, as in the ritsuryō codes, to label an ordinary subject who was not exceptionalized as a æË–¯ (senmin) or "base / mean affiliate / subject", meaning a servant or slave, or person of otherwise sub-class or sub-caste status. Another term for "good people" generally was —Çl (ryōjin, ryōjin, rōnin), which was pressed into the service of meaning "a man who had a wife" as well as simply "husband". As such it was also read "otto", the most common of several Yamato readings of •v (fu), which as a graph could mean anything from husband to simply adult man, worker, or coolie. Free people and slavesThe —ÇæË (ryōsen) or "good /base" differentiaion is often interpreted as meaning "free / un-free" -- hence the practice by Sansom and many others to equate "good" with "free". While "free" is clearly inadequate in a structural translation, which is supposed to represent the metphors of the Japanese text, "free" is arguably not an impossible interpretation in the present context -- so long as it is understood to mean "relatively free" -- and nothing like "free" in the sense that many people in Japan might feel "free" today. So-called "good subjects" were presumably those who were virtuous enough to be able to conduct themselves without need of strict government. Whereas so-called "base subjects" were those who required more than the usual degree of supervision, such as indent1ured and other servants, and slaves. Servants were treated more like good people for purposes of land allocation (partition) and taxes. Slaves counted only one-third a good person for purposes of land allocation, were not taxed, could be sold or otherwise treated as property, and often were not allowed to have families. However, any close examination of social history in Japan at the time such class and caste distinctions were made will show that society was far more complex the law. "Freedom" was not something than even most "good" people had, and not a few "base" people were as free if not freer than most "good" people. IntermarriageMarriage between so-called "good people" and "slaves" was not prohibited in the Taika reforms. However, laws determining the status of children in effect implied proscription. And at least one article in the Yōryō code, as related in Ryō no gige, implied that the five colors of base people were expected to marry their own kind. The affiliation was patrilineal for children born between two good parents or between a good woman and a slave man, and were matrilineal for children born between a good man and slave woman or between two slaves. In other words, all children became slaves unless both parents were good. Had marriages been equally divided between the four possible mixtures of status of parents, then three out of four children would have become slaves. More striking, though, is that while the children of slave women would always belong to their mothers regardless of their father's status, the children of good women never belonged to their mothers. The status standards prescribed in the 645 notice imply a one-drop rule, according to which the "good" world remains pure while the "slave" world absorbs all hybrids. See Belonging in Japan past and present: Before and after "nationality" and "citizenship" for a look at how the 645 "Law of men and women" compares with earlier rules for determining the affiliation of children of "mixed marriages" and later nationality laws. |
646
Serfs of granaries and manors koshiro no ohomitakara Žq‘ã”V–¯ serfs of imperial family posts-and-granaries kaki no ohomitakara •”‹È”V–¯ of titled family paddies-and-manors |
Nihon shoki 25, Kōtoku Taika 2-1-1, 646-1-25 [22] |
Translation On the wood-rat 1st day of the 1st month, spring, of the 2nd year, the celebration-of-1st- month rites (new-year ceremonies) ended, and the [emperor] proclaimed an edict on new reforms and said, "The first [order] of this [edit] says -- abolish (1) (b) the [imperial] treasures (ohomitakara –¯ people) t hat be serfs (koshiro Žq‘ã substitutes for children) [of imperial house families], and the graneries (miyake “Ô‘q) [owned by imperial families] here and there [where they served], (a) which were established by emperors (sumera mikoto tachi “Vc“™ tennō-ra) of the past; and (2) (b) the treasures of the emperor (ohomitakara –¯ people) that be serfs (kaki •”‹È kakibe, kaki no tami –¯•”) [of titled families], and the paddy manors (tadokoro “c‘‘) here and there [where they served], (a) which were possessed by the titled familes (wake •Ê) Omi (b), Muraji (˜A), Tomo no Miyatsuko (Miyakko) (”º‘¢ court department chiefs), Kuni no Miyatsuko (Miyakko) (‘‘¢ provincial governors), and Mura no Obito (‘ºŽñ village heads). . . ." Kanbun “ñ”Nt³ŒŽbŽqñA‰ê³—ç•LA‘¦é‰üV”VÙžHA‘´ˆêžHA”ë(1)(a)ÌÝ“Vc“™Š—§(b)Žq‘ã”V–¯EˆX“Ô‘qA‹y(2)(a)•Êb˜A”º‘¢‘‘¢‘ºŽñŠ—L(b)•”‹È”V–¯Aˆˆ“c‘‘B(NKBT 68:281) Yamato translation [Futatoshi?] no haru mutsuki no kinoene no tsuitachi no hi ni, Mikado Ogami no koto woharite, sunahachi aratashiki ni aratamuru mikotonori wo notamahite notamahaku, "Sono hajime ni notamahaku, (1) (a) mukashi no sumera mikoto-tachi no tatetamaheru (b) koshiro no ohomitakara·tokorodokoro no miyake, oyobi, (2) (a) koto ni ha [Note 3] Omi·Muraji·Tomo no Miyatsuko·Kuni no Miyatsuko·Mura no Obito no tamoteru (b) kaki no ohomitakara·tokorodokoro no tadokoro wo yame yo. . . ." (NKBT 68:280) Aston's translation 2nd year, Spring, 1st month, 1st day. As soon as the ceremonies of the new year's congratulations were over, the Emperor promulgated an edict of reforms, as follows:-- Comments"koto ni" (•Ê‚É) and "wake" (•Ê)NKBT reads •Ê (koto ni) as if, following ‹y (oyobi ni), it marks the start of a separate part of the longer first order of the edict. NKBT Note 3, however, remarks that there is also the view that •Ê represents Yamato "wake" referring to the kabane titles conferred by the court on influential local families (NKBT 68: 280). Aston adopted the "wake" view, which makes more sense to me at the head of the list of the kabane that follow it. See how •Ê is used to classify kabane-titled families in the Shinsen Shōjiroku (below). Structural parallelismAston works the details of the text into his translation, but he seems to prefer to scramble the order of the details rather than capture the phrasal parallelism of the original. The cited pronouncement consists of two similarly structured long phrases (1) and (2), each of which consists of two similar structured smaller phrases (a) and (b). As I do in most of my structural translations, I have left construction lines rather than polish them out. A polished version, however, would also endeavor to capture the parallelism. Nihon Shoki, Yōraku 8-2 (c464)Shiraki countrymen ‘l kunibito kill Komans in ShirakiHereupon, the Shiraki king said [he] knew Koma was faking [its] defense [of Shiraki], and [he] dispatched a messenger to run and inform countrymen (Shirakians), and say "The people are to kill the males of the chickens (the cocks) being raised in [their] homes." The countrymen (Shirakians) knew the meaning [of this], and entirely (leaving none) killed the Komans who had been [placed] in the country [by Koma] [under the false pretense of protecting Shiraki]. (Wetherall) ‰—¥AV—…‰¤”T’m‚—í‹UŽçAŒŽg’y‘lžHAlŽE‰Æ“àŠ—{Œ{”V—YŽÒB‘l’mˆÓAsŽE‘“àŠ—L‚—ílB (NKBT 67:479) Koko ni, Shiraki no kokishi, sunahachi Koma no itsuhari mamoru koto wo shirite, tsukahi wo tsukahashite hasete kunihito ni tsugete ihaku, "Hito, ihe no uchi ni yashinafu tori no wotori wo korose" to ifu. Kunihito, kokoro wo shirite, kotogotoku ni kuni no uchi ni aru Komahito wo korosu. (NKBT 67:478) Hereupon the King of Silla knew that Koryö's guard was mere pretence, and sent messengers to run and tell the people to kill the cocks kept in their houses. The people knew his meaning, and killed all the men of Koryö [Note 2] resident in the country. (Aston 1:351) [Aston Note 2] Kokuryö, the proper name of this country, resembles the onomatopoetic word for the crowing of a cock: English, cock-a-doodle-doo; French, kokeruko; Japanese, Bekkakō. (Aston 1: 352) |
646 Household registers and related ledgers begin |
Nihon shoku 25, Kōtoku, Taika 2-1-1, 646-1-25 [22] |
Translation For the first time make household registers, enumeration ledgers, and a law [standard] for dividing fields [for cultivation] [according to the registers] and settling collections [of taxes] [according to the ledgers]. Kanbun ‰‘¢ŒËÐEŒv’ E”Ç“cŽûŽö”V–@B(NKBT 68:281) Yamato translation Hajimete he no fumita [Note 37]Ekazu no fumita [Note 38]Eakachida wosamesadzukuru nori [Note 39] wo tsukure. (NKBT 68:281) Aston's translation Let there now be provided for the first time registers of population, books of account and a system of the receipt and re-granting of distribution-land. [Note 1] (Aston 2:207-208) CommentsEarly registration practicesThe translation reflects NKBT Notes 37 and 38, which cites provisions in the "Make-household-register article" (‘¢ŒËÐð) of the "Household ordinance" (ŒË—ß) of contemporary codes. See Making and managing household registers for a translation of this article and comments. NKBT Note 39 cites provisions in both the "Per-capita division article" (Œû•ªð) and the "[Every] six years, one partitioning article" (˜Z”Nˆê”Çð) of the "Fields law" (“c—ß) of contemporary codes. See Division of fields by mouth, sex, and age for a translation of these articles and comments. Aston Note 1 cites essentially the same provisions cited by NKBT Note 39 like this. The Denryō (Land Regluations) says, "In granting See Division of fields by mouth, sex, and age for more comments. |
654 Yamato no uji Kan Chikō and Chō Ganpō |
Nihon shoki 25, Kōtoku Hakuchi 5-2, 654-2/3 |
Translation The principal envoy Takamuku no Genri [Gwenri], died in [Great] Tang. < Iki no Hakatoko says, the learner-of-things monk Emyō died in Tang. Chisō died at sea. Chikoku died at sea. [A different] Chisō, in the year [c690], returned on a Shiragi ship. Kakushō died in Tang. Gitsū died at sea. Jōe, in the year [c665], returned on the ship of [with] Ryū Tokukō and others. Myōi and Hōshō, the learner-of-things students Hi no Muraji Okina and Kō Wōkon, totalling twelve people, with the Yamato offspring Kan Chikō and Jō Ganhō [Ganpō, Gwanpō], returned with the envoys this year [c664-668]. > Kanbun ‰ŸŽg‚ŒüŒº—A‘²‰—‘å“‚B< ˆÉ‹g”Ž“¾Œ¾A›{–â‘mœ¨–A‰—“‚Ž€B’mãàA‰—ŠCŽ€B’qš A‰—ŠCŽ€B’q@AˆÈM“ДN [n20 Ž“Žl”N] A•tV—…‘DŸdBæSŸA‰—“‚Ž€B‹`’ÊA‰—ŠCŽ€B’蜨AˆÈ‰³‰N”N [n25 “V’qŽl”N] A•t—«úº‚“™‘DŸdB–ˆÊE–@ŸA›{¶•X˜A˜VlE‚‰©‹àA幷\“ñlA•Ê˜`ŽíŠØ’q‹»Eæ⌳›A¡”N [n34 “V’qŽO”NˆÈŒãA“¯Žµ”N‚Ü‚Å‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì–^”N] ‹¤ŽglŸdB> (NKBT 68:323) Yamato translation Sube-tsukahi Takamuku no Guwenri, Morokoshi ni miusenu. < Iki no Hakatoko ga ihaku, mono-narafu hofushi Wemeu, Morokoshi ni shite miusenu. Chisou, umi ni shite miusenu. Chikoku, umi ni shite miusenu. Chisou, kanoe-tora-no-toshi [n20 Jitō 4-nen] wo mote, Shiragi no fune ni tsukite kaeru. Kakushiou, Morokoshi ni shite miusenu. Gitsuu, umi ni shie misenu. Dziauwe kinoto-no-toshi [n25 Tenchi 4-nen] wo mote, Riu Tokukau ra ga fune ni tsukite kaeru. MeuwiEHofushiou mono-narafu hito Hi no Muraji OkinaEKau Waukomu, awasete towo amari futari, koto ni Yamato no udzi Kan ChikouEDeu Guwanhou, kotoshi Tenchi 3-nen igo, dō 7-nen no aida, sono bōnen], tsukahibito to tomo ni kaereri to ifu. > (NKBT 68:322) Aston's translation The Controlling Envoy Takamuku no Kuromaro died in Great Thang. < Yuki no Hakatoko says: -- "The student-priest Yemō died in Thang; Chisō died at sea; Chikoku died at sea; Chisō [n2: Spelt with a different Chinese character to the other] returned in a Silla ship in the year Kanoye Tora [n3: A.D. 690]; Gakushō died in Thang; Gitsū died at sea; Jōye returned in the year Kinoto Ushi [n4: A.D. 665] in the ship of Liu Teh-kao [n5: Presumably a Chinese]; Myōi, Hōshō and the students Okina, Hi no Muraji and Kō Wōgon [n6: A Japanese who had taken a Chinese name], twelve persons in all, with Kan Chikō and Cho Gempō, of foreign Japanese birth, came back this year along with the envoys." > (Aston 2:246) CommentsThe date of main report, concerning the conflict between Kudara (Paekche) forces and Shiraga (Silla) and Tang forces, is dated 654. The text highlighted in red is an interlineal note (Š„’) attributed to Iki no Hakatoko (ˆÉ‹g”Ž“¾), cited from his report concerning the 4th Yamato mission to Tang, called "Iki no Muraji Hakatoko no fumi" (ˆÉ‹g˜A”Žúº‘), completed between 683 and 695, after he had been promoted to the rank of Muraji. This is the first of four such annotations which appear in the final chapters of Nihongi, which ends with events dated in 697. The annotations concern not only the fates of envoys, monks, and students associated with the mission, but also incidents which occurred during the mission. Iki no Hakatoko was active between c659-c703. He accompanied the 4th Yamato diplomatic mission to the Tang court in 659-661. In Japan he entertained a number of visiting Tang envoys, and seems to have been in charge of the 6th mission in 667-668, which escorted a visiting Tang envoy partway back to China. And in 695 he was appointed one of the envoys sent to Shiragi (Silla) (ŒV—…Žg) (Nihongi Jitō 9-Autumn-7-26, 9-9-6 , NKBT 68:528-529, Aston 2:419). koto ni Yamato no udzi•Ê˜`Ží koto ni Yamato no udzi (‚±‚Æ‚É‚â‚Ü‚Æ‚Ì‚¤‚À) NKBT Note 31 observes that Shaku Nihongi (Žß“ú–{‹I), a late 13th-century annotated text of Nihongi (Nihon shoki), marks these graphs to be read "koto Yamato udzi" (ƒRƒgƒ„ƒ}ƒgƒEƒa), and says this reading is probably erroneous. No reasons are given. •Ê koto ni This appears to imply that Kan Chikō and Chō Ganhō were not members of the parities of envoys, monks, and students that travelled to China. Kan Chikō appears to have been in China when the Yamato mission arrived at the Tang court c660 (see below), and Chō Ganhō appears to have been in Kudara when Yamato forces withdrew from the peninsula in c663 (see below). ˜`Ží Yamato no udzi NKBT Note 31 adds that "Yamato no uji" refers to "a mixed-blood child with a Japanese" (˜`Ží‚Æ‚Í“ú–{l‚Ƃ̬ŒŒŽ™ Yamato no uji to wa Nihonjin to no konketsuji). Graphically, ˜`Ží could be read "Yamato no tane" or "Yamato-dane" in the sense of "Yamato seed (sperm)" -- meaning descent from a Yamato father -- in reference to person sired by a Yamato man who had taken a non-Yamato (perhaps Kudara) woman as his wife -- reminisencent of the definition of "karako" (ŠØŽq) (see NS 530 above) and "karabara" (ŠØ• ) (see NS 544 above). While this appears to be the standard interpretation of "Yamato no uji/tane" (˜`Ží), it's meaning is not crystal clear. The metaphor makes sense, however. There would be no need to specify that someone is of "Yamato no uji/tane" except to stress that someone born of a non-Yamato womb was of "Yamato blood" on account of the womb having been "seeded" by a Yamato man. The word "uji" is usually graphed Ž, which refers to a clan generally defined by male lineage. Within Japan, "Yamato uji" (˜aŽ) referred to a clan of Kudara migrant origins. One such clan would be the ancestral family of Emperor Kanmu's mother Takano no Asomi Niigasa, whose father's kabane was "Yamato no Fubito" (˜aŽj) (see SN 790"). The term ˜`Ží appears in the first line in the description of the "Wa people" (˜`l) in the "Accounts of the Eastern Barbarians" (“ŒˆÎ“`) chapter in the "Book of Wei" (é°‘ Wei shou, Wei shu) chapters of the Record of the Three Kingdoms (ŽO‘Žu Sankuochih, Sanguozhi), a Chinese history compiled in the 3rd-century, and the first line of a similar description in the History of the Later Han Dynasty (ŒãŠ¿‘ Hou Han shou, Hou Han shu), a 5th-century history of the period that immediately preceded the Three Kingdoms era. The first line of the Three Kindoms version of what in Japan is popularly called the "Gishi Wajin den" (é°Žu˜`l“`) reads like this. —‰¤š “Œ“nŠCçéP—¢A•œ—Lš AŠF˜`ŽíB Crossing the sea to the east of the Queendom [of Wa ˜`, Yamataikoku Ž×”nˆëš ], in 1,000 and some li, there is again a country [there are several countries], and it is entirely a Wa [Yamato] offshoot [all are Wa [Yamato] offshoots [of Wa (Yamato) seed, kind, descent]. The first lines of the Later Han version read like this. Ž©—‰¤š “Œ“xŠCçéP—¢ŽŠS“zš Bå«ŠF˜`ŽíAŽ§•s›¢—‰¤B Going from the Queendom [of Wa ˜`, Yamataikoku [Ž×”näiš ] to the east, crossing the sea, in 1,000 and some li one arrives at the country of Kunu [‹ç“z in ŽO‘Žu]. Although it is entirely a Wa [Yamato] offshoot [all its people are of Wa (Yamato) seed, kind, descent], it does [its people do) not belong to the [Wa] Queen [Himiko ”Ú–íŒÄ]. It thus appears that ˜`Ží means -- if not exactly "mixed blood" -- at least some degree of "kinship" resulting from intermarriage between the two populations, most likely concomitant with a migration of an aggressive population into the territory of a neighboring population. ŠØ’q‹»Eæ⌳› Kan Chikō and Chō Ganpō Apparently these two men were allowed to accompany the envoys and others returning to Japan -- either during the 5th (665-667) mission, or more likely the 6th (667-668). If indeed they were "Yamato no uji" in the sense of being of mixed blood, then most likely they were the children of Kudara mothers and Yamato fathers. As such they would have acquired their names from their mother's clan but also grown up aware of their father's clan, and apparently they nurtured loyalties toward both Kudara and Yamato. Kan Chikō is mentioned in two other citations from Iki no Hakatoko report, both of which allude what appear to be the same incident (659: Saimei 5-Autumn-7-3; 661: Saimei 7-5-23). In 659, the 6th mission went to China (“‚), by way of an island that was part of Kudara (Paekche), which Japan was helping defend against Shiragi (Silla). In 660, a follower of Kan Chikō, who was in China, "falsely accused our visitors" (ž]槉ä‹q), and China decided to banish (—¬ß) them, but Iki no Hakatoko appealed the punishment and China pardoned them. However, China forbade the Yamato visitors (˜`‹q) from returning to Japan by way of "East of the sea" (ŠC“Œ), a reference to the Korean peninsula, where Tang troops would be supporting Silla (Shiragi) in its campaigns against Paekche (Kudara), which Japan was still supporting. Hence the mission returned in 661 via of the more dangerous route directly across the sea. Chō Gwanpō was apparently involved in Yamato operations in Kudara (Paekche) in late 663 and early 664 (Nihongi Tenchi 2-3, NKBT 68:360-361, Aston 2: 280ff), when Kudara was capitulating to Tang forces, and Japanese supporting Kudara evacuated the peninsula. He was reportedly one of four men who wanted to inform Yamato of Tang's intentions but lacked sufficient clothing and food (‰–³ˆßâì) to go together. One of the men prevailed on the other three to sell him (æ̉äg) to obtain what they needed, and apparently they, including Chō Ganhō, were able to escape. The man who volunteered to stay was captured by Tang forces and would not reach Japan until 690, when he was duly awarded for his loyalty (Nihongi 690: Jitō 4-Winter-10-22, NKBT 68: 506-507, Aston 2:400). |
659 Emishi of Michinoku and Koshi |
Nihon shoki 26, Saimei 5-3-17, 659-4-17 [14] |
Translation [Saimei 5th year, 3rd month] [On day of] Wood-horse [17th day], on a riverbank (dry riverbed) east of the hill (mountain) of Umakashi, [the empress] constructed a Sumiyama [pagoda-like temple representing a Sumeru], and entertained (treated) [some] Emishi of Michinoku and of Koshi.sž, this [people] call (read) "Kashi" žh”V. ìã, this [people] call (read) "kahara" ‰Ó”d—….t Kanbun bŒßAŠÃž‹u“Œ”VìãA‘¢{–íŽRAŽ§‹À—¤‰œ—^‰z‰ÚˆÎBsžAŸ‰]žh”VBìãAŸ‰]‰Ó”d—…Bt(NKBT 68:337) Yamato translation Kinoe uma no hi ni, Umakashi no woka no himugashi no kahara ni, sumi no yama wo tsukurite, Michinoku to Koshi to no Emishi ni ahetamafu.sž, kore wo ba "kashi" (žh”V) to ifu. ìã, kore wo ba "kahara" (‰Ó”d—…) to ifu.t (NKBT 68:336-337) Aston's translation [3rd month] 17th day. A Mount Sumi was constructed on the river-bank east of Amakashi no Oka, and the Yemishi of Michinoku and Keshi were entertained. (Aston 2:259) nihonshoki.wikidot.com translation On the 17th day, near the riverbank east of the hill of Umakashi, Mount Sumi [Sumi Palace] was built and the Empress had a feast for the Emishi of Mutsu and Koshi. Kashi is read ka-shi, žh”V. Kahara is read ka-ha-ra, ‰Ó”d—…. CommentsFrom this point, Nihon Shoki contains many reports of military actions against Emishi settlements in the northeast provinces, which the Yamato court claims but does not yet fully control. A number of Emishi have already submitted to the authority of the court. See, for example, 540 Emishi and Hayato affiliate with the court (above). |
664 Zenko and others settled in Naniwa |
Nihon shoki 27, Tenchi 3-3, 664-4/5 |
Translation [The sovereign] takes Kudara no Koshiki Zenkō and others and has them reside in Naniwa. A star that is [A star] falls north of the capital [miyako]. Kanbun ˆÈ•Sω¤‘PŒõ‰¤“™A‹˜°“ï”gB—L¯Ÿm‰—‹ž–kB(NKBT 68:361) Yamato translation Kudara no Kokishi Zenkwau [Note 25] wau ra wo mote, Naniha ni haberashimu. Hoshi arite Miyako no kita ni otsu. (NKBT 68:360) Aston's translation Prince Syön-kwang [Note 1] of Pèkché and his people were given a residence at Naniha. There was a star which fell north of the capital. (Aston 2:282) CommentsKudara no Kokishi ZenkōKudara no Kokishi Zenkwau NKBT Note 25 states that Zenkō [Good light] is also written Zenkō (‘TL Zen spreads], then remarks that it is not clear whether he is a younger brother or a son of Paekche king Giji (‹`Žœ‰¤ Ŭija-wang). Note 25 then refers to the biographical information about Zenkō which appears in the obituary of Kudara no Konishiki Keifuku in the Shoku Nihongi (see 766 Kudara Keifuku dies), and observes that he died in the 7th year of Jitō (693) and that he was granted the rank of "koshiki" (wang, king) after his death (see 693 Zenko dies a king). Prince Syön-kwang Aston Note 1 says "The history of Pèkché in the "Tongkam" ends with the previous King Wichă. Syön-kwang was his son." |
665 Over 400 Kudara [Paekche] commoners settled in Kanzaki |
Nihon shoki 27, Tenchi 4 Spring 2-25, 665-2/3 |
Translation [This month the sovereign] also takes 400 some men and women of the hundred surnames [common people] of Kudara [Paekche], and has them reside in the Kanzaki district of Omi province. Kanbun •œˆÈ•SÏ•S©’j—Žl•S—]lA‹˜°‹ß]‘_‘OŒSB (NKBT 68:363) Yamato translation Mata, Kudara no tami wonoko menoko yo-ho-tari-amari wo mote, Afumi no kuni no Kamusaki [Note 23] no Kohori ni oku. (NKBT 68:362) Aston's translation Moreover Pèkché common people, men and women to the number of more than 400, were given residences in the district of Kanzaki, in the province of Afumi. (Aston 2:283) CommentsGrants of paddy fieldsAn item dated the following month reports that the Kudara people (•SÏl Kudarabito) in Kamusaki no Kohori were given paddy fields. NKBT Note 23 observes that the Koori [district] of Kamusaki [Kamizaki, Kanzaki] was in the southeast of present-day Shiga prefecture, then cites an item in the Sakō shoban section of the Shōjiroku which translates "The Muraji of Kamusaki is a descendant of Prince Kaju, a person of the country of Kudara" (_‘O˜AA•SÏ‘læÉŽóŒN”VŒã–ç). The text in Shinsen shōjiroku translates "The Muraji of Kamusaki comes [descends] from Senior Sixth Rank Prince Kaju, a person of the country of Kudara" (_‘O˜AoŽ©•SÏ‘l³˜ZˆÊãæÉŽóŒN–ç). I have translated ˆÈ XXX ‹˜° YYY more literally "takes XXX and has them reside in YYY". The Yamato translation is "XXX wo mote YYY ni oku" [takes XXX and places them in YYY]. Aston renders the phrase "XXX were given a residence at YYY". |
674 Kudara no Kokishi Shōjō passes | |
Nihon shoki 29 [Tenmu 2], Tenmu 3 Spring 1-10, 674-2-23 [20] | |
Translation Kudara no Kokishi [prince] Shōjō passes. [The sovereign] granted him the rank of Lesser Purple [6th rank]. passes See comments on "Death terms" below. rank See comments on "Cap ranks" below. Kanbun •Sω¤¹¬åIB‘¡Ÿ¬Ž‡ˆÊB(NKBT 68:415) Yamato translation Kudara no Kokishi Shiyaujiyau [Note 24] miusenu. Seu Shi no kurai wo wohitetamau. (NKBT 68:414) Aston's translation Prince Chhyangsyŏng of Pèkché died. He was granted the rank of Outer Shōshi. [Note 3] (Aston 2:325) CommentsKudara no Kokishi ShōjōKudara no Kokishi Shiyaujiyau NKBT Note 24 observes that, according to the obituary for Keifuku in the Shoku Nihongi, Shōjō's was a grandson of Paekche king Giji, a son of Zenkō, and the older brother of Ryōgu (˜N‹ñ d737), that he accompanied his father to the Yamato court [from the peninsula] when a child, and has thus predeceased his father. See also NKBT Note 22 in 686 Ryōgu's attends Tenmu's funeral. Other sources describe Ryōgu as Zenkō's grandson, Shōjō's son, and Keifuku's father. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. Prince Chhyangsyŏng of Pèkché Aston Note 3 says "Chhyang-syŏng was a grandson of Wi-chă, the last king of Pèkché. His father took refuge in Japan on the downfall of the dynasty." Death termsPrince Shōjō is of such a status as to "pass" (åI) rather than "finish" (‘²) or "die" (Ž€), but is not high enough to "collapse" (•ö). An item dated the following month reports that Ki no Omi Ahemaro (Abemaro) "finished" (‘² sotsu, shutsu) and was given the rank of Major Purple (‘厇@daishi), the 5th rank of some 26 ranks still in use as defined by Tenmu's older brother Tenchi. The Yamato translation renders this as "miusenu" -- the same as it has rendered "pass away" (åI kō) in the case of Shōjō's death. The differention of terms for dying in most of the early chronologies is fairly predictable and consistent. There were essentially four grades of death.
Other single-graph terms for death include "vanish" (–S), "go" (s), "depart" (‹Ž), "flow on" (À), "be ruined" (–Å). And there are all manner of compounds and phrases for leaving this life and moving on to the next world. Cap ranksThe ranks are "cap ranks" (Š¥ˆÊ kan'i) according to the reforms in the ranking system made under Tenchi in 664. The system was changed under Tenmu in 686. These and other ranking systems are fully listed in the Nihon shoki. |
684 Tenmu's kabane reform edict |
Nihon shoki 29, Tenmu 13 Winter 10, 684-11/12 |
Translation [The sovereign] commanded and said [An edict said], again revise the clan names [titles] of the various lineages [families], make titles of eight colors [ranks], thereby mixing [the ranks of] the myriad titles under heaven. 1st called, Mabito. 2nd called, Asomi. 3rd called, Sukune. 4th called, Imiki. 5th called, Michinoshi. 6th called, Omi. 7th called, Muraji. 8th called, Inaki. Kanbun ÙžHAX‰ü”Ž”V‘°©A씪F”V©AˆÈ¬“V‰º–œ©BˆêžHA^lB“ñžHA’©bBŽOžHAh”HBŽlžHAŠõ¡BŒÜžHA“¹ŽtB˜ZžHAbBŽµžHA˜AB”ªžHAˆî’uB(NKBT 68:465) Yamato translation Mikotonori shite notamahaku, "Mata moromoro no udji no kabane wo aratamete, yakusa no kabane wo tsukurite, ame no shita no yorodzu no kabane wo marokasu. Hitosu ni ihaku, Mabito. Futatsu ni ihaku, Asomi. Mitsu ni ihaku, Sukune. Yotsu ni ihaku, Imiki. Itsu ni ihaku, Michinoshi. Mutsu ni ihaku, Omi. Nanatsu ni ihaku, Muraji. Yatsu ni ihaku, Inaki." (NKBT 68:464) Aston's translation The Emperor made a decree, saying:--"The hereditary titles of all the families are again reformed, and eight titles of eight classes instituted. By this means the miltitudinous titles of the Empire are amalgamated. The first is Mabito, the second Ason, the third Sukune, the fourth Imiki, the fifth Michi no Shi, the sixth Omi, the seventh Muraji, and the eight Inaki." (Aston 2:364-365) Miller's translation The kabane of various uji are again modified and kabane of eight ranks [yakusa no kabane] are [hereby] constituted. By this means the multitude of kabane of the empire will be integrated. The first [rank] is called mahito; the second; asomi; the third, sukune; the fourth, imiki; the fifth, michi-no-shi; the sixth, omi; the sevent, muraji; and the eight [sic eighth], inaki. (Miller 1974:52). CommentsNKBT versionThe Japanese translation glosses ‘°© as "kabane", which I have dubbed "clan name" to reflect both elements. "Uji" (Ž) refers to an extended family related by lineage, whereas "zoku" (‘°) is a more generic term for any descent group, or more broadly any affiliation groups. Together, they form the word Ž‘° (shizoku), meaning a clan, or gens, defined through the paternal or maternal line. The anthropological distinctions sometimes made between such terms need not concern us here. Aston's versionRegarding "families" Aston notes (note 4) that "Nobel families are of course meant. Here as elsewhere the word I translate title is © or surname. The Japanese had no proper surnames at this time." Aston suspects the title Ason (’©b) "is the Corean title ˆ¢飡 [J. Asan, K. Ason]" (note 2). He also states that the title Imiki "was specially given to immigrants from Corea, and is said to be for ima-ki or new-comer" (note 4). ImakiAston was alluding to the Yamato reading of expression ¡—ˆ (imaki), which Kōjien defines as "having newly [just] come across [the sea]" (V‚½‚É“n—ˆ‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ arata ni torai shita koto); or, such a person. Newly [for the first time] proceeding [to serve court] (VŽQ shinzan)." The term "torai" is used in the Kojiki, as in 300 Shiragians build pond and 300s Hata, Aya come. Miller's versionThe text of Tenmu's kabane edict is reproduced on the cover of Miller's 1974 study of the kabane ranking system and the distribution of kabane, based mostly on the Shinsen Shōjiroku (815). |
686 Kudara no Kokishi Ryōgu attends Tenmu's funeral |
Nihon shoki 29 [Tenmu 2], Shuchō 1-9-30, 686-10-25 [22] |
Translation This day, Kudara no Kokishi Ryōgu represented Kudara no Kokishi Zenkō and eulogized him [the deceased sovereign Tenmu] [in mourning]. Next the miya-tsu-ko [officials of the shrines] of the various provinces, as they proceeded [to] and attended [arrived at] [the funeral], each eulogized him. [They] also performed [for the deceased sovereign] all manner of songs and dances. Kanbun ¥“úA•Sω¤—Ç‹ñA‘ã•Sω¤‘PŒõŽ§æp”VBŽŸ‘X‘¢“™AŽQ•‹Šeæp”VB˜¹‘tŽíX‰Ì•‘B(NKBT 68:483) Yamato translation Ko no hi ni, Kudara no Kokishi Riyaugu [Note 21], Kudara no Kokishi Zenkuwau [Note 22] ni kaharite, shinobikoto tatematsuru. Tsugi ni kukuguni no Miyatsukodomo, maudekuru ni shitagahite, onoono shinobikto tatematsuru. Yorite kusagusa no utamahi wo tsukahematsuru. (NKBT 68:482) Kudara no Kokishi Riyaugu NKBT Note 21 observes that Ryōgu's name is also written ˜N‹ñ, that he was a grandson of Paekche king Giji, a son of Zenkō the younger brother of Shōjō, and the father of Keifuku. Kudara no Kokishi Zenkuwau NKBT 22 refers to Note 25 in 674 Prince Shojo passes, which see for further details. Aston's translation On this day, the Paèkché prince Nyang-u pronounced a eulogium on behalf of his father, Prince Chön-kwang. Next, the Miyakko of the various provinces, as they came, each pronounced his eulogy. There were also performances of all manner of singing and dancing. (Aston 2:381) CommentsTenmu sent off with Kudara (Paekche) condolencesThe significance of this account is that it features by name the son of Zenkō -- himself a son of the last Paekche king, who was sent by his father to Yamato and stayed -- offering condolences to the soveriegn who accepted Zenkō. Its to close the curtain on the Tenmu books may have been intended to underscore the submission of Kudara descendants. Or the intent may have been to legitimize the participation of people of Kudara descent in the Yamato government at the time the Nihon shoki was being compiled. There are two Tenmu books, and together they give more space to his reign than to that of any other sovereign. Only the two books that relate the legends from the age of the gods, leading up to the start of Jinmu's reign, are longer. The third longest single book is that which covers reign of Kinmei, when Buddhism is said to have been introduced to Yamato. |
687-689 Four accounts of "tōka" (“Š‰») change of allegiance |
687
56 Koma [Koguryo] submitters settled in Hitachi Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 1-3-15, 687-5-5 [2] |
Translation [The sovereign] took 56 people of Koma [Koguryo] who had thrown [themselves at her service] and changed [their allegiance], and had them reside in Hitachi. [They were] granted paddies and received a stipend of grain, and allowed to peacefully life and work. Kanbun ˆÈ“Š‰»‚—íŒÜ\˜ZlA‹˜°í—¤‘B•Š“cŽóâgAŽgˆÀ¶‹ÆB(NKBT 68:489) Yamato translation Onodzukara ni mauomobukeru Komabito iso-amari-muyu-tari wo mote, Hitachi no kuni ni haberashimu. Ta tamahi kate tamahite, narihahi ni yasukarashimu. (NKBT 68:488) Aston's translation Fifty-six immigrants from Koryö were settled in the province of Hitachi. They were given lands, received an allowance of grain, and made to pursue their avocations in peace. (Aston 2:385) |
687
14 Shiragi (Silla) submitters settled in Shimotsukeno Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 1-3-22, 687-5-12 [9] |
Translation [The sovereign] took 14 people of Shiragi [Silla] who had thrown [themselves at her service] and changed [their allegiance], and had them reside in Shimotsukeno province. [They were] granted paddies and received a stipend of grain, and allowed to peacefully life and work. Kanbun ˆÈ“Š‰»V—…l\ŽllA‹˜°‰º–Ñ–ì‘B•Š“cŽóâgAŽgˆÀ¶‹ÆB(NKBT 68:489) Yamato translation Onodzukara ni mauomobukeru Shirakihito towo-amari-yo-tari wo mote, Shimotsuke no kuni ni haberashimu. Ta tamahi kate tamahite, narihahi ni yasukarashimu. (NKBT 68:488) Aston's translation Fourteen immigrants from Silla were settled in the province of Shimotsukenu. They were given land and received an allowance of grain, and made to pursue their avocations in peace. (Aston 2:385) |
687
22 Shiragi [Silla] submitters settled in Musashi Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 1 Summer 4-10, 687-5-29 [26] |
Translation The Viceroy (‘åÉ Dazai, Oomikotomochi) of Tsukushi (’}Ž‡) presented [the sovereign Jitō] 22 people -- priests and nuns, and men and women of the hundred surnames [common people] -- of Shiragi [Silla], who had thrown [themselves at her service] and changed [their allegiance], and had them reside in Musashi province. [They were] granted paddies and received a stipend of grain, and allowed to peacefully live and work. Kanbun ’}Ž‡‘åÉŒ£“Š‰»V—…‘m“ò‹y•S©’j—“ù“ñlB‹˜°•‘ ‘B•Š“cŽóâgAŽgˆÀ¶‹ÆB(NKBT 68:489) Yamato translation Tsukushi no Ohmikotomochi, Onodzukara ni mauomobukeru Shiraki no hoshi-ama oyobi tami no wonoko-menoko hatachi-amari-fu-tari wo tatematsuru. Misashi no kuni ni haberashimu. Ta tamahi kate tamahite, narihahi wo yasukarashimu. (NKBT 68:488) Aston's translation The Viceroy of Tsukushi presented priests, nuns and common people, men and women, twenty-two persons, immigrants from Silla. They were settled in the province of Musashi, where they were granted lands and an allowance of grain, and were made to follow their avocations in peace. (Aston 2:385) |
689
Shiragi [Silla] submitters settled in Shimotsukeno Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 3 Summer 4-8, 689-5-5 [2] |
Translation [The sovereign] took Shiragi [Silla] people who had thrown [themselves before (submitted themselves to) the Yamato court] and changed [their allegiance] and had them reside in Shimotsukeno. Kanbun ˆÈ“Š‰»V—…lA‹˜°‰º–Ñ–ìB(NKBT 68:495) Yamato translation Onodzukara ni mauomobukeru Shirakihito wo mote, Shimotsukeno ni haberashimu. (NKBT 68:495) Aston's translation Summer, 4th month, 8th day. Immigrants from Silla were settled in the province of Shimotsukenu. (Aston 2:391) CommentsSee "Kika" and "toka" for comparisons of "tōka" (“Š‰») with "kika" (‹A‰») as synomyms for "submission and change of allegiance". |
690 Four accounts of "kika" (‹A‰») change of allegiance |
690 50 Shiragians [Sillas] including Senkichi and Hoku Jochi submit Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 4-2-11, 690-3-29 [26] |
Translation Fifty people -- the monk Senkichi, Kyūsan [rank] Hoku Jochi, and others of Shiragi [Silla] -- submit [to the moral authority of the sovereign] and change [their allegiance]. monk reflects ¹–å (shamon), a Chinese transliteration of Sanskrit "sramana", which means a monk or other such person who has left the world and entered the gate of Buddha in order to better contemplate one's existence. Kanbun V—…¹–å‘F‹gE‹‰飡–k•’m“™ŒÜ\l‹A‰»B(NKBT 68:501) Yamato translation Shiraki no hofushi SenkichiEKifusan [Note 37] Hoku Jochi ra, iso-tari, mauomobukeri. (NKBT 68:501) Kifusan NKBT Note 37 glosses Kyōsan as the 9th of 17 Shiraki ranks. Aston's translation A Buddhist priest of Silla named Chön-kil, Peuk Cho-chi, of Keupson rank, and others, fifty persons in all, immigrated to Japan. (Aston 2:396-397) |
690 12 people including Makoma of Shiragi [Silla] settled in Musashi Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 4-2-25, 690-4-12 [9] |
Translation [The sovereign] took 12 people including Kanna [ranked] Makoma of Shiragi [Silla] who had submitted and changed, and had them reside in the province of Musashi. Kanbun ˆÈ‹A‰»V—…ŠØ“Þ––‹––ž“™\“ñlA‹˜°•‘ ‘B(NKBT 68:501) Yamato translation Mauomobukeru Shiraki no Kanna [Note 40] Makoma ra towo-amari-fu-tari wo mote, Musashi no kuni ni haberashimu. (NKBT 68:501) Kanna [Note 40] NKBT Note 40 glosses "Kanna" as the 11th of 17th cap ranks of Shiraki. Aston's translation Hö-man, of Han Nama rank, and other Silla men, twelve persons in all, who had come as immigrants, were settled in the province of Musashi. (Aston 2:397) |
690 21 Kudara [Paekche] men and women submit and change allegiance Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 4-5-10, 690-6-24 [21] |
Translation 21 Kudara men and women submitted and changed. Kanbun •SÏ’j—“ùˆêl‹A‰»B(NKBT 68:503) Yamato translation Kudara no wonoko-menoko hatachi-amari-hi-tori, mauomobuku. (NKBT 68:502) Aston's translation Twenty-one immigrants from Pèkché, men and women, arrived. (Aston 2:398) |
690 Siragians [Sillans] and other submitters settled in Shimotsukeno Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 4-8-11, 690-9-22 [19] |
Translation [The sovereign] took Siragians [Sillans] and others who had submitted and changed, and had them reside in Shimotsukeno province. Kanbun ˆÈ‹A‰»V—…l“™A‹˜°‰º–Ñ–ì‘B(NKBT 68:505) Yamato translation Mauomobukeru Shirakihitodomo wo mote, Shimotsukeno no kuni ni haberashimu. (NKBT 68:504) Aston's translation Silla immgrants were settled in the province of Shimotsukenu. (Aston 2:399) CommentsSee Toka and kika for comparisons of "tōka" (“Š‰») with "kika" (‹A‰») as synomyms for "submission and change of allegiance". |
693 Kudara no Zenkō granted posthumous title |
Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 7-1-15, 693-2-28 [25] |
Translation [The sovereign] takes [the title] Shōkōsan and grants [it] to Kudara no Kokishi. Along [with this] [he] grants funerary objects [condolence money and burial articles]. Kanbun ˆÈ³LŽQA‘¡•Sω¤‘PŒõB›óŽ’æЕ¨B(NKBT 68:519) Yamato translation Shiyaukuwausamu wo mote, Kudara no Kokishi Zenkuwau [Note 33] ni ohitetamafu. Ahasete haburimono [Note 34] tamau. (NKBT 68:519) Kudara no Kokishi Zenkuwau NKBT Note 33 states that perhaps Zenkō died around this time, and refers back to Note 25 in 664 Zenko settled in Naniwa. haburimono NKBT Note 34 refers to an earlier note which glosses "haburimono" (æЕ¨ fumochi, fumotsu) as objects given to the chief mourner to help [with the funeral and burial]. The note describes what kinds of funerary gifts were appropriate for deceased persons by rank. The information in the note is based on the "Article on funerary objects" (æЕ¨ð) in the "Ordinance on mourning and burial" (‘r‘’—ß Sōsōryō) under the so-called "Yōrō ordinance system" (see comments on Yōrō codes). Aston's translation The posthumous rank of Shō-kwō-san was granted to Syön-kwang, Prince of Pèkché, and a contribution made towards his funerary expenses. (Aston 2:411) CommentsYōrō codesThe Yōrō codes (—{˜V—¥—ß Yōrō ritsuryō) as such appeared around 718 as a revision of the Taihō codes (‘å•ó—¥—ß Taihō ritsuryō), which were finished in 701 after about two decades of development. Whatever funerary gifts were given Zenkō would, of course, have been based on practices contemporary with this development. |
693 37 Shiragians (Sillans) come drifting on currents |
Nihon shoki 30, Jitō 7-2-30, 693-4-13 [10] |
Translation [The sovereign] takes 37 people, the Shiragians [Sillans] Muji, More, and others who came flowed [drifted] and came [arrived], and assigns and grants [them] to Yokutoku and others. flowed [drifted] and came [arrived] See comments on "Drifted and arrived" below. Kanbun ˆÈ—¬—ˆV—…l–´Ž©–Ñ—ç“™™ÀŽµlA•tŽ’‰¯“¿“™B(NKBT 68:521) Yamato translation [Note 8] Maukeru Shirakihito Muji More ra miso-amari-nana-tari wo mote, Yokutoku [Note 9] ra ni sadzuketamafu. (NKBT 68:520) NKBT Note 8 comments on the entire line as follows. People who drifted to and arrived in Japan having wrecked their ship (“ï‘D‚µ‚Ä“ú–{‚É•Y’…‚µ‚½lX). Are Muji [and] More [personal] names (–¼ na)? They were probably commoners having no [family, clan] titles [names] (© shō). See comments on "Drifted and arrived" below. Yokutoku NKBT Note 9 identifies "Yokutoku" as Boku Yokutoku (–p‰¯“¿ Pak Ŏktŏk), who some two months before had arrived with another envoy from Shiragi with tributes (Jitō 6-11-8, 692-12-23 [20], in which account ‰¯ is ‰). An NKBT note to the earlier account wonders if Boku Yokutoku returned the following spring. If he did, then the castaways that were put in his charge may have gone back with him. Aston's translation Thirty-seven castaways from Silla, named Muchä, Monyé, etc., were handed over to Ök-tök and his party. (Aston 2:411) CommentsDrifted and arrivedNote that the Yamato translation has reduced —¬—ˆ (ryōrai) meaning "flow and come" to simply "maukeru" -- the past attributive form of "mauku" or hence "[those] who came". The term •Y’… (hyōchaku), as used in the NHBT headnote, has long been the most common expression for arrival by drifting at sea. This term appears in many historical records. In Seishū tōka ki, for example, it is used to describe the arrival at Himuka (Miyazaki) in 1680 of apparently shipwrecked people from Padang. See 6 of 18 Padangese survive for a translation of this account. Earlier variations of the "drift and arrive" metaphor include •Y’˜ (hyōchaku), which appears in the Nihon kōki account of the the 26 Sillans who arrived at the port of Hakata in 814. See 814 26 Sillans at Hakata for a translation of this account and commentary on the flow of Sillans to Japan from the late 7th to early 10th centuries. |
Man'yoshu
Forthcoming
The kanbun text shown here began with the script posted by Sekine Satoshi (ŠÖª‘) at www.kojiki.org (ŒÃŽ–‹L³‰ðFŒÃŽ–‹LŒ¤‹†‰ï).
Circa 700 Kakinomoto no Ason Hitomaro | |||||||||||||||
Man'yōshū, Book 3, Poems 303 and 304 | |||||||||||||||
NKBT texts of 303 and 304(NKBT MYS-1, NKBT 4:164-165) Kanbun Š`–{’©bl–ƒ˜CA‰º’}Ž‡š ŽžAŠC˜Hì‰Ì“ñŽñ Japanese Translation Š`–{’©bl–ƒ˜CA’}Ž‡š ‚ɉº‚肵ŽžAŠC˜H‚É‚Äì‚é‰Ì“ñŽñ Romanization Kakinomoto no Ason Hitomaro, Tsukushi no kuni ni kudarishi toki, umidzi nite tsukuru uta nishu Translation Two poems Kakinomoto no Ason Hitomaro made on the seaway when descending to the land [province] of Tsukushi seaway reflects umidzi (ŠC˜H umiji, kairo), as I am reading the word here. Another possible Yamato reading is "umitsudzi" (ŠC’ØH), as seen in poem 1781 (Book 9, NKBT MYS-2, NKBT 5:404-405). Use of genitive or relational "tsu" was mainly dictated by the poetics (mora count) of a phrase -- hence "umidzi ni idete" (ŠC˜H尒oŽ§) in poem 366, but "umi-tsu-dzi no" (ŠC’ØH”T) in poem 1781. descended (‰º) reflects kudarite -- meaning that the direction of travel was "down" or "away from" the court or capital. Such conventions for clarifying the direction of movement are alive and well in designations of inbound and outbound trains in relation to a central station as respectively "nobori" (climb, ascend) and "kudari" (descend). Similar designations are used for highways and ferry routes.
Levy's translations of 303 and 304(Levy 1981, 1987:173)
|
|||||||||||||||
NGS translations of 303 and 304(NGS 1940, 1965:50)
|
735-736 Japanese envoys die of disease on mission to Silla | ||||||||||
Man'yōshū, Book 15, Poems 3688-3690 | ||||||||||
NKBT texts of 3688-3690(NKBT MYS-4, NKBT 7:84-86) Kanbun “žšãŠò“ˆAá˜A‘î–žš‹ö‹S•aŽ€‹Ž”VŽžì‰ÌˆêŽñ < ›ó’Z‰Ì > Japanese translation šãŠò‚Ì“‡‚É“ž‚è‚ÄAá˜A‘îŸÞ‚Ìš‚É‹S•a‚É‹ö‚ЂĎ€‹Ž‚肵Žž‚Éì‚é‰ÌˆêŽñ < ’Z‰Ì‚ð›ó‚¹‚½‚è > Romanization Iki no shima ni itarite, Yuki no Muraji Yakamaro no tachimachi ni eyami [Note 3] ni ahite mimakarishi toki ni tsukuru uta isshu < Mijikauta wo ahasetari > English translation One poem made when, arriving at the island of Iki, Yuki no Muraji Yakamaro suddenly encountered the devil's disease and took leave of life < With short poems > devil's disease reflects eyami (‹S•a), which NKBT Note 3 glosses as follows. In the Wamyōshō, [Ruijū] myōgishō, and other [early dictionaries], ‰u (eki) is read "eyami" in Japanese, but whether ‹S•a (kibyō) was a ripe [established] word is not known. It probably means Ž€•a (shibyō) [fatal illness]. ‹S is the same as the ƒ‚ƒm (mono) of ƒ‚ƒmƒmƒP (mononoke) and the like. The expression "mononoke" (•¨‚̉ö) means the spirit or vibes (ke) or something living or dead (mono) -- a specter or ghost, often evil, which could bring illness, death, and other misfortune. The "yami" of "eyami" is the usual Yamato reading of •a and means illness or disease. took leave of life reflects "mimakarishi", the past attributive of "mimakaru" (g”ë‚é), the Yamato reading of many graphs related to death, here the compound Ž€‹Ž (shikyo), which would otherwise mean "died and departed". The Yamato expression "mimakaru" implies that the "person" (g mi) of someone of fairly high status "takes leave" or "humbly retreats" (”ë‚é makaru) from, say, the court or the capital. In this case, Yuki no Muraji Yakamaro's "death and departure" is metaphorically described as an action of taking leave of this world for the next world. Nothing is known about Yuki no Yakamaro expept that he is credited with writing poem 3644 in the same cycle of poems related to the ill-fated Silla-bound embassy.
English translations NGS translations of 3688-3690(NGS 1940, 1965:248)
Farris's revision of NGS translation of 3688(Farris 1985:57)
|
Shoku Nihongi
The Shoku Nihongi, the second of Japan's six early national histories, was commissioned by Kanmu in 794. Its 40 chapters [kan] were completed in 797 (the 16th year of Kanmu (797) and cover the years 697-791 (the 1st year of Monmu to the 10th year of Kanmu).
794 is an important turning point in Japanese history. Earlier in the year Kanmu conferred the title of Seii Taishōgun or "Barbarian-subjugating Great-general" on Ootomo no Otomaro (727/731?-809). Ootomo was one of the more successful Yamato commanders in the continuing wars against Ebisu/Emishi/Ezo to the east or northeast.
Later in 794, Kanmu moved the capital to Kyoto, where but for a few months in 1180 it remained until the start of the Meiji period. The Seii Taishōgun title also continued to be used until the end of Tokugawa era.
717 Soldiers from Koma and Kudara given relief for life |
Shoku Nihongi 7, Genshō, Yōrō 1-11-8, 717-12-19 [15] |
Kanbun ‚—íE•SÏ“ñ‘Žm‘²B‘˜–{‘—B“Š‰—¹‰»B’©’ë—÷‘´âˆæB‹‹•œIgB(SZKT SN-1:70) Translation Soldiers of the two countries of Koma [J. Kōrai, K. Korŏ; J. Kōkuri, K. Koguryŏ] and Kudara (Paekche). They encountered rebellions in their home countries. They threw themselves in santification. The [imperial] court sympathizes with [their plight as refugees from distant and for them now] closed territories. [The court] will provide relief for the rest of their lives. CommentsThrew themselves in santificationKōjien defines ¹‰» (seika) as ’鉤‚Ì“¿‰» (Teiō no tokka), which means to convert to -- accept and adopt -- the moral principles of the sovereign. Both ¹‰» and “¿‰» were closely associated with embracing Buddhism tenets, which were then gaining prestige as Buddhism became increasing patronized by the imperial court. Whether the soldier's changed their allegiance (kika ‹A‰») is not clear, but the expression “Š‰—¹‰» -- meaning "to throw oneself into" or "submit to" (“Š‰—) the process of "becoming sacred" (¹‰») or "santification" -- suggests that, in exchange for being settled somewhere, provided with land, and enrolled in local registers, they purified their hearts of feelings which were counter to those required of imperial subjects. This suggests that the soldier's changed their allegiance (kika ‹A‰»), which means to submit (commit) oneself to accepting and adopting the moral principles and authority of the emperor of Japan. This was essentially the object of so-called "kōminka" (c–¯‰») during the decades of colonial expansion and nationalization during the decades before the Pacific War, when new subjects in territories like Taiwan and Chōsen were subjected to education and other measures that sought to change them into the emperor's people. The reigning sovereign at the time was Genshō (Œ³³ 680-748). She was 2 years into her reign (r715-724), which succeecced the reign of her mother Genmei (Œ³–¾ 660-721, r707-715). Two sovereigns, Kōken (FŒª 718-770, r749-758), the third female to become tennō in the 8th century -- and the last for over a millennia -- became close to the the monk Dōkyō (“¹‹¾ 700-772), who gained power through her support and aspired to the throne himself -- which naturally aroused the ire of the Shintō factions, which exiled Dōkyō from Nara after Kōken's death. A "kyō" (‹¨) was the "Highest official in each of the eight ministries" (Reischauer 1967B:174) in the Ritsuryō system of government (Kōjien). At the time of his death, Keifuku was the director of the Gyōbushō [Kyōbushō, Keibushō] (ŒY•”È), as the Ministry of Justice was also known was called from 1869 to 1871. The title of the directing minister changed from "kyō" (‹¨) to "daijin" (‘åb) in 1885. The Yamato terms for the penal ministry were "utae tadasu tsukasa" (department of rectifying complaints) and "utae no tsukasa" (department of complaints). The ministry investigated crimes, conducted trials, meted out punishments, and otherwise oversaw the enforcement of law and administration of justice. Keifuku ("Kyōfuku" in some sources) began his rise to prominence in 738 as the "deputy governor of [the province of] Mutsu" (—¤‰œ‰î Mutsu no suke) "deputy governor" (‰î suke). He became the governor (Žç kami) of Mutsu in 743, and over the next two decades served as the governor of several other provinces. During this period he also served in other posts, including the Minister of Imperial Houshold (‹{“à‹¨ Kunaikō) in 750, and on the occasion of the funeral of as the sovereign Shōmu in 756 he directed the Mountain [Tomb mound] building office (ŽRìŽi Yamatsukri no tsukasa). He was deeply involved in domestic affairs during the 760s. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
766 Kudara no Konishiki Keifuku passes |
Shoku Nihongi 27, Shōtoku, Tenpyō Jingo 2-6-28, 766-8-12 [8] |
Kanbun ŒY•”‹¨]ŽOˆÊ•Sω¤Œh•ŸåIB‘´æŽÒAoŽ©•SÏ‘‹`Žœ‰¤B. . . ‹`Žœ‰¤Œ‘´Žq–Làö‰¤‹y‘TL‰¤“üŽ˜B(SZKT SN-2:133) See comments on "Kudara no Konikishi Keifuku" below. Translation Minister of Penal Affairs Junior Third Rank Kudara no Konikishi Keifuku passes away. His ancestors came from [the line of] king Giji [Uija] of the country of Kudara [Paekche]. . . . King Giji sent his sons king Hōshō (–Làö) and king Zenkō (‘TL) who then entered the service of the Yamato court (“üŽ˜). CommentsKudara no Konikishi KeifukuA "kyō" (‹¨) was the "Highest official in each of the eight ministries" (Reischauer 1967B:174) in the Ritsuryō system of government (Kōjien). At the time of his death, Keifuku was the director of the Gyōbushō [Kyōbushō, Keibushō] (ŒY•”È), as the Ministry of Justice was also known was called from 1869 to 1871. The title of the directing minister changed from "kyō" (‹¨) to "daijin" (‘åb) in 1885. The Yamato terms for the penal ministry were "utae tadasu tsukasa" (department of rectifying complaints) and "utae no tsukasa" (department of complaints). The ministry investigated crimes, conducted trials, meted out punishments, and otherwise oversaw the enforcement of law and administration of justice. Keifuku ("Kyōfuku" in some sources) began his rise to prominence in 738 as the "deputy governor of [the province of] Mutsu" (—¤‰œ‰î Mutsu no suke) "deputy governor" (‰î suke). He became the governor (Žç kami) of Mutsu in 743, and over the next two decades served as the governor of several other provinces. During this period he also served in other posts, including the Minister of Imperial Houshold (‹{“à‹¨ Kunaikō) in 750, and on the occasion of the funeral of as the sovereign Shōmu in 756 he directed the Mountain [Tomb mound] building office (ŽRìŽi Yamatsukri no tsukasa). He was deeply involved in domestic affairs during the 760s. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
770 Shotoku collapses (dies) at west palace |
Shoku Nihongi 30, Shōtoku, Hōki 1-8-4, 770-9-1 [8-28] |
Kanbun “Vc•ö˜°¼‹{Q“aB(SZKT SN-2:379) Translation The sovereign collapses [deceases] at the west palace sleeping building [quarters]. collapses Whereas people with higher cap ranks like Keifuku's status "passed" (åI), sovereigns "collapsed" (•ö). Shōtoku tennō (Ì“¿“Vc 718-770, r764-770), the 48th sovereign, had previosuly reigned as the 46th sovereign Kōken tennō (FŒª“Vc r749-758). The last of the Tenmu-line sovereigns, Shōtoku's spiritual and possibly romantic support of the ambitious monk Dōkyō (see next), who aspired to be the sovereign and replace Shinto rites with Buddhist observations in the court, resulted in a virtual ban on female sovereigns that, with two nominal exceptions in the 17th and 18th centuries, remains today in the form of a strictly patrilineal succession rule. |
772 Shotoku's favorite dies an ordinary death |
Shoku Nihongi 32, Kōnin, Hōki 3 Summer 4-7, 772-5-17 [13] |
Kanbun ‰º–ì‘Œ¾B‘¢–òŽtŽ›•Ê“–“¹‹¾Ž€B. . . Ž€ˆÈŽl‘’”VB (SZKT SN-2:402) Translation The province of Shimotsuke said [reported] [that] Dōkō, the attendant in charge of constructing Yakushiji, had died. . . . Due to his death commoners buried him. Shimotsuke was in present-day Ibaraki prefecture. Dōkō had been banished there after Shōtoku's death for having, again, plotted to take over the government. attendant in charge of constructing . . . reflecdts ‘¢EEE•Ê“–. This rendering was inspired by Reischauer's translation of the Hō 1-8-21 (770-9-18 [14]) account of Dōkyō's demotion and appointment as "Intendant (Bettō) in charge of the construction of the Yakushi-ji in Shomotsuke-no-kuni." Reischauer remarks that "He had built a small hut beside Shōtoku-Tennō's grave and had been praying for her future happiness. Sakanoue Karitamaro, however, had accused him secretly of plotting once more, so he was sent away." (Reischauer 1967A:209) died Whereas Keifuku "passed away" and Shōtoku "collapsed", Dōkyō merely "died" (Ž€). The obituary, which gives a rather detailed account of his notoriety by way of explaining why he was sent to Shimotsuke, concludes with the statement that he was buried by ordinary people, presumably without the condolences of the court. |
776-777 Mutsu and Dewa captees moved to Kyushu and Shikoku |
Two entries toward the end of the 7th year of Hōki, during the reign of Kanmu, suggest the extent to which events in Mutsu and Dewa affected provinces at the opposite limits of Japan's dominion. |
776
395 Mutsu captees sent to provinces in Kyushu Shoku Nihongi 34, Hōki 7-9-13, 776-11-2 [10-29] |
Kanbun —¤‰œ‘˜ØŽúŽO•S‹ã\ŒÜl•ª”z‘åÉŠÇ“à”‘B(SZKT SN-2:429) Translation Captee prisoners of the land [province] of Mutsu, three-hundred and ninety-five persons, were split [among] and allocated to the various lands [provinces] within the jurisdiction of Dazai. within the jurisdiction of Dazai (‘åÉŠÇ“à) meant within the Saikaidō (¼ŠC“¹) or "western-sea way" region, which was overseen by the government headquarters at Daizaifu on Kyushu. The office was responsible for the nine provinces of Kyushu and the insular provinces of Iki and Tsushima, as well as for affairs concerning the southern (Ryukyu) islands. Reischauer [776] 10.29 (9.13) Three hundred and ninety-five Japanese who had been captured by the Ezo [and recaptured by the Japanese] (fushū) and were living in Mutsu-no-kuni were sent down to the provinces (kuni) under the jurisdiction of the Government Headquarters in Kyūshū (Dazaifu). (Reischauer 1967A:212) Japanese . . . (fushū) This interpretation is odd. See comments on "Captee prisoners" below. |
777
358 Dewa captees sent to Kyushu and Shikoku; 78 given to officials as servants or slaves Shoku Nihongi 34, Hōki 7-11-29, 777-1-17 [13] |
Kanbun o‰H‘˜ØŽúŽO•SŒÜ\”ªl”z‘åÉŠÇ“à‹yŽ]Šò‘B‘´Žµ\”ªl”ÇŽ’”Ži‹yŽQ‹c›ßãˆ×æËB(SZKT SN-2:430) Translation Captee prisoners of the land [province] of Dewa, three-hundred and fifty-eight people, were allocated [distributed] within the jurisdiction of Dazai and [to] the land [province] of Sanuki. Seventy-eight people [among them] were divided [among] and awarded to the various officials and court advisers and above, and became base [subjects] [servants]. Reischauer [777] 1.13 (11.29) Three hundred and fifty-eight Japanese who had been captured by the Ezo [and recaptured by the Japanese] (fushū) and were living in Dewa-no-kuni were sent down to Sanuki-no-kuni and the provinces (kuni) under the jurisdiction of the Government Headquarters in Kyūshū (Dazaifu). (Reischauer 1967A:212) Japanese . . . (fushū) This interpretation is odd. See comments on "Captee prisoners" below. |
CommentsCaptee prisonersReischauer's interpretation is odd for two reasons. First, the received accounts do not differentiate people in Mutsu and Dewa, or in other provinces, as "Japanese" and others. Second, the origins of the Mutsu and Dewa "captees and prisoners" are not clear. The term "fushō" (˜ØŽú) does not define itself. While it could refer to assimilated native inhabitants of Mutsu and Dewa, it could also mean simply local "prisoners of war" -- which would probably have included all manner of people descended from both Emishi or Ezo and migrant settlers. In both of the above entries, "captees and prisoners" probably refers to local inhabitants of Mutsu and Dewa who, because they were associated with a rebel clan, were resettled in remote areas of Kyushu and Shikoku, to (1) punish them, (2) reduce the population of would be rebels in the locality, (3) free local land for use by migrants from other provinces, and (4) provide labor for the development of the areas to which they were sent. That both entries referred to the "captees and prisoners" as "people" (l) suggests their numbers may have included women and even children in families. The second entry, concerning "captees and prisoners" from Dewa, states that some of them became "base" subjects as a result of being given to high ranking officials, presumably as servants or slaves. This would seem to imply that the others were "good" subjects who stood to be counted as taxable heads and receive allocations of land for cultivation. |
778 Fujiwara no Kiyokawa's Tang-born daughter Kijo arrives in Japan | ||||||||||||||||||
Shoku Nihongi 35, Kōnin, Hōki 9-11-13, 778-12-10 [6] | ||||||||||||||||||
Mixed-blood children of Japanese envoys and other sojourners in China
This Shoku Nihongi report relates the fate of what historians call the 16th Japanese legation to Tang China, which left Japan in 777 and returned in 778. On its return voyage, the fleet encountered storms that took the lives of the chief Japanese envoy, a Chinese envoy, and many others. The 1st ship broke apart, and the stem (bow) and stern, which carried survivors, drifted to different parts of Japan. The stem arrived in Amakusa in Higo province, with the daughter of Fujiwara no Kiyokawa. Kiyokawa, who died in Chang'an about the time some members of the 16th mission arrived in Chang'an in 778 to take him back to Japan, had headed the 12th mission (752-754) but was unable to return due to shipwrecks and domestic uprisings. During his sojourn in China, the Tang court had given him the name Heqing (‰Í´ J. Kasei, Kawakiyo), an official post, and a wife. See the overview of Japanese envoys to Tang court on the "Kofun through Nara (300-794)" page in the "History" section of the Konketsuji website. The following text of the original is pieced together from various web versions, which I edited and vetted against the verion in my copy of the SZKT edition of SN. The English translation is my very structural rendering of the kanbun text, meaning that I have endeavored to cut close to the graphic metaphors of the original phrasing. Some glosses and interpretions are shown in [brackets]. The underscored words and phrases are discussed in the notes. |
||||||||||||||||||
Kanbun text (SZKT SN-2:445)›pŽqBŒ“‚‘æŽl‘D—ˆ”‘ŽF–€‘™“ˆŒSB‘´”»Š¯ŠCã^lŽOŽë“™•Y’…’^—…“ˆB”퓈l—ª—¯B’A˜^Ž–ŠØ‘˜AŒ¹“™B‰A–d‰ð㜎§‹ŽB—¦ˆâOŽl\—]lŽ§—ˆ‹AB›‰³‰KB‘æ“ñ‘D“ž”‘ŽF–€‘o…ŒSB–”‘æˆê‘DŠC’†X[’†]’fBäw䃊e•ªBŽå_’ÃŽçh”I[”H]‘–ƒ˜CB›ó“‚”»Š¯“™ŒÜ\˜ZlB摴䃎§’…™“ˆŒSB”»Š¯‘唺h”I[”H]lB›ó‘O“ü“‚‘åŽg“¡Œ´’©b‰Í´”V—Šì–º“™卌ˆêlBæ‘´äwŽ§’…”ìŒã‘“V‘ŒSBŒpl“™ã‘tŒ¾BŒpl“™‹Ž”N˜ZŒŽ“ùŽl“úBŽl‘D“¯“üŠCBŽµŒŽŽO“ú . . . ”ªŒŽ“ù‹ã“ú . . . \ŒŽ\˜Z“ú . . . ³ŒŽ\ŽO“úB“ž’·ˆÀ B. . . ŽOŒŽ“ùŽl“ú . . . ŽlŒŽ“ù“ú . . . ˜ZŒŽ“ñ\ŒÜ“ú . . . ‹ãŒŽŽO“ú . . . B\ˆêŒŽŒÜ“úB“¾M•—B‘æˆê‘æ“ñ‘D“¯”“üŠCB”ä‹yŠC’†B”ª“ú‰XB•—‹}”g‚B‘Å”j¶‰E’IªB’ª…–ž‘DBŠW”‹“—¬Bl•¨•YB–³ˆâƒ^[ŽÙ]ŽB•Ä…B•›Žg¬–ì’©bΪ“™™¿”ªlB“‚Žgæâ•ó‰p“™“ùŒÜlB“¯Žž–v“üB•s“¾‘Š‹~B’Abˆêlös’˜äwŸBŠpBŒÚᾑOŒãB¶—â˜HB\ˆê“úŒÜXB”¿žü“|‰—‘D’êB’fˆ×—¼’iBäw䃊e‹Ž–¢’mŠ“žBŽl\—]l—Ý‹•ûä”Väw‹“Ž²—~–vBÚ㜖‘Æ[BãœeA]B“¾•‚ãB’E‹pˆßÖB—‡gŒœ¿B•Ä…•s“üŒûB›ßŒo˜Z“úBˆÈ\ŽO“úˆåŽž•Y’…”ìŒã‘“V‘ŒS¼’‡“ˆBb”VĶB‰b‘¢Š‹~B•s”CŠ½K”VŽŠB‹Þ•ò•\ˆÈ•·B Structural translation› The 4th ship sent to Tang arrived and moored in the Koshikishima district of Satsuma province. Its magistrate Unakami no Mahito Mikari and others drifted to and arrived at Tanratō. They were by the islanders captured and detained. However, the registrar Karakuni no Muraji Minamoto and others. They secretly plotted, untied the bonds, and left [for Japan]. The remaining group of 40 some people also came back. › 13th day [of the 11th month of the 9th year of Hōki] [10 December 778 Gregorian, 6 December 778 Julian]. The 2nd ship arrived and moored in the Izumi district of Satsuma province. But the 1st ship in the middle of the sea breached in the middle. The stem and the stern, each separated. The prior (kantsukasa Žå_) Tsumori no Sukune Kunimaro. And the Tang magistrate and others, 56 people. Rode the stern and arrived in the Koshikijima district [of Satsuma province]. The [Japan] magistrate Ōtomo no Sukune Tsuguhito [d785]. With the girl [daughter] Kijō of Fujiwara Asomi Kawakiyo, the ambassador who had previously entered Tang, and others, 41 persons. Rode the stem and arrived in the Amakusa district of Higo province. Tsuguhito and others reported to the court saying. Tsuguhito and others last year, 6th month, 24th day. 4 ships together entered the sea. 7th month, 3rd day. . . . 8th month, 29th day. . . . 10th month, 16th day. . . . 1st month, 13th day [18 February 778 Gregorian, 14 February 778 Julian]. Arrived at Chang'an. . . . 3rd month, 24th day. . . . 4th month, 22nd day. . . . 6th month, 25th day. . . . 9th month, 3rd day. . . . 11th month, 5th day [2 December 778 Gregorian, 28 November 778 Julian]. We obtained a reliable [good] wind. The 1st and 2nd ships together departed and entered the sea. In time we reached the middle of the sea. The 8th day [of the 11th month] [the 3rd day out], 1st watch [7-9 pm]. The winds quickened, the waves heightened. [They] struck and broke, left and right, the planks and chines. Tide [Sea] water filled the ship. Cover boards [Deck planks] raised and flowed [off]. People and things wantonly floated [away]. There was not left [even] a ladle or pinch of rice or water. The vice envoy Ono no Ason Iwane (¬–ì’©bΪ) and others, 38 people. The Tang envoy Zhao Baoying (æâ•ó‰p) and others, 25 people. They at the same time fell [disappeared, sank] into [the sea]. We were unable to help and save them. However, I [Your subject] (Shin b) alone swam for and arrived at a corner of the cage [cabin, housing] of the stem. [I] looked and glanced [around], front and back. The wherewithalls of life were a closed road (seiri zetsuro ¶—â˜H). The 11th day [of the 11th month], 5th watch [3-5 AM]. The sail mast fell to the bottom of the ship. [It] broke [the ship] into two sections. The stem [bow, prow] and stern [poop] each went [drifted] to where we did not know. We 40 some people piled on the square-jō (hōjō •ûä) [one jō (ä) per side (•û)] [3x3 meter, 10x10 foot] stem, raised the shaft [of the rudder] and [the stem] was wont to sink. We laid [hauled in] the [mooring] lines and pillowed [secured, shipped] the rudder [We cut the lines and cast away the rudder]. We were able to float up [rise] a little. We removed and discarded our clothes and garments. Our naked bodies hung to and sat on [the stem]. Rice and water did not enter our mouths. 6 days have already passed [since the storm]. Thereby, on the hour of i (ˆå) [9-11 pm] on the 13th day [of the 11th month] [8 days after departure], we drifted to and arrived at Nishinakashima in the Amakusa district of Hizen province [now Nagashima (’·“‡) in Izumi county (o…ŒS) in Kagishima prefecture (ŽŽ™“‡Œ§)]. I [Your subject] (Shin b) was again born. [I] was saved by the work of heaven. [I] cannot bear [express] my joy over the extent of [my] fortune. [I] respectfully request that [the court] receive [this] report [memorial]. NotesThe received Tanratō (’^—…“ˆ), also read Chiratō, would be Tamrado (탐라도) in Korean. The islands are now called Chejutō (ÏB“‡) in Japanese and Chejudo (제주도) in Korean. They were part of Kudara (Paekche) at the time Japan was deeply involved in Kudara and Mimana (Imna) affairs in the the 6th and 7th centuries, after which they became part of Shiragi (Silla). There is some dispute among historians as to what extent Tanra may have been under Japnese control, or whether it was inhabited by a distinct population that was neither Japanese nor Korean. The islands were in a position to catch storm damaged vessels that drifted toward the straits between Japan and Korea. Karakuni no Muraji Minamoto (ŠØ‘˜AŒ¹) was one of a number of Yamato officials who bore the "Karakuni" (ŠØ‘) clan name (uji Ž). Historians generally hold that the name had originally been given to migrants from the peninsula who had settled in Yamato and changed their allegiance. "Karakuni" is a contemporary name for "Korea" in reference to the entire peninsula, which at times was divided into a number of kingdoms that fought each other for control of the peninsula. "Karakunidake" (ŠØ‘Šx) is the highest peak in the Kirishima volcanic range. The name of the peak has also been written “‚‘Šx using the "kara" or "Tang" or more generally "China". Both names appear to be based on reports or expectations that one could see Korea or China from the peaks. Fujiwara Asomi Kawakiyo (“¡Œ´’©b‰Í´) shows "Kawakiyo" (‰Í´) for "Kiyokawa" (´‰Í), which reflects Kiyokawa's Chinese name "Heqing" (‰Í´ J. Kasei, Kawakiyo). The received text has no gloss for its reading. Japanese who studied in China commonly received or adopted Chinese names. However, presumably only people who knew that this was Kiyokawa's Chinese name, and knew its reading in Chinese, would have pronounced the graphs in Chinese. planks and chines (’Iª) is my somewhat explanatory translation of what appears to denote both the higher and lower sideboards. According to the 5th (1998) editon of Kōjien, in reference to a Japanese-style ship (Wasen ˜a‘D), "nedana" (ª’I) is a synonym for "kajiki" (‰Á•~), which denotes the lowest planks and boards (tanaita ’I”Â) of the side of a ship. The upper boards are "uedana" (ã’I). Ships with higher sides also have middle boards or "nakadana" (’†’I). In English, "chine" refers to where the sides a boat is joined to the bottom. The chines may be soft or non-existent as in a "U" or "V" hull, or hard as between the more vertical sides and flatter bottom of a boxier hull, such as those depicted in drawings of the envoy ships. The chines are subject to cracking and breaking when running into rocks. And because they are close to or below the waterline, if they are shaken or broken in a storm, the ship will take on more water than if only the higher sideboards had been loosened or cracked.
|
780 Fujiwara no Tsugitada |
Shoku Nihongi 36, Kōnin, Hōki 11-3-28, 780-5-11 [7] |
Fujiwara no TsugutadaFujiwara no Tsugutada (727-796) was one of the compilers of Shoku Nihongi though he died a year before its completion. His wife was Kudara no Konikishi Myōshin, a brother of Kudara no Konikishi Shuntetsu (see below), who were lineal descendants of the last Paekche king. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
Kanbun ’†”[Œ¾]ŽOˆÊ“¡Œ´’©bŒp“êˆ×ª“Œ‘åŽgB(SZKT SN-2:460) Translation Fujiwara no Asomi Tsugitada, Middle Receiver and Speaker, Junior Third Rank, becomes Great Envoy for Subjugating the East. Resichauer [780] 5.7 ([Hoki 11] 6.8) Fujiwara Tsuginawa [sic = Tsugutada] was appointed Subjugating-the-East Great Official (Seitō-taishi), while Ōtomo Mashitachi and Ki Kosami were made Subjugating-the East Vice-Officials (Seitō-fukushi). (Reischauer 1967A:213) |
780 Kudara no Konikishi Shuntetsu becomes sub-general of pacification |
Shoku Nihongi 36, Kōnin, Hōki 11-6-8, 780-7-18 [14] |
Kudara no Konikishi ShuntetsuShuntetsu, who was Myōshin's brother, died in 795 (see below). By the time of his death, he had become the general of the Michinoku "Pacification and protection office [headquarters]". One of Shuntetu's daughters, Kyōhō (‹³–@ d840), became a consort (—Œä nyōgo) of Kanmu. Another, Kimyō (‹M–½ d851), became a consort of Saga, who was Kanmu's brother. See the "Dramatis personae" section of Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for further biographical details. |
Kanbun ]ŒÜˆÊã•Sω¤r“Nˆ×—¤‰œ’ÁŽç•›«ŒRB(SZKT SN 2:461) Translation Junior Fifth Rank Upper Kudara no Konikishi Shuntetsu becomes sub-general of Pacification and Protection of Michinoku. Michinoku (—¤‰œ), meaning "Michi no Oku", was the name for the northernmost territory on present-day Honshu. The territory was later broken into five provinces, one of which was also called Mutsu no kuni (—¤‰œ‘). At the beginning of the Meiji period, most of Mutsu no kuni became part of Aomori prefecture, while the rest became part of Iwate. In earlier times, this was the frontier with Ezochi (‰ÚˆÎ’n), later Hokkaido, then the home of Ezo (‰ÚˆÎ), also called Emishi (‰ÚˆÎ), better known today as Ainu (ƒAƒCƒk). Michinoku was the site of the Chinjufu (’ÁŽç•{) or "Pacification and protection office [headquarters]" overseen by a general («ŒR shōgun) assisted by a sub-general (•›«ŒR fuku-shōgun). The office was charged with the control of Ezo, who were native to the region, and the protection of Yamato settlers. It was at once a government and a military headquarters. Reischauer [780] 7.14 ([Hoki 11] 6.8) Kudara Shuntetsu was appointed Vice-Great-general (Fuku-shōgun) of the Pacifying-Ezo Headquarters (Chinjufu). (Reischauer 1967A:213) |
784 Construction of Nagaoka palace begins |
Shoku Nihongi 38, Enryaku 3-6-10, 784-7-5 [1] |
Kanbun ˆÈ’†”[Œ¾]ŽOˆÊ“¡Œ´’©bŽíŒpB¶‘å•Ù]ŽOˆÊ²”Œh”H¡–ÑlB[Ranks and names of eight others omitted] “™Bˆ×‘¢’·‰ª‹{ŽgB˜ZˆÊŠ¯”ªlB‰—¥BŒoŽn“séB‰cì‹{“aB(SZKT SN 2:500) Translation [The sovereign] took Middle Receiver and Speaker, Junior Third Rank Fujiwara no Asomi Tanetsugu. Left Major Controller, Junior Third Rank Saeki no Sukune Ima Emishi. [Ranks and names of eight other omitted] and others. Made [them] envoys [officials] [in charge of] constucting the Nagaoka palace. Eight officials of six ranks. With this [thereupon] [they] undertook and began the capital city. [They] built and made the palace buildings. Fujiwara no Asomi Tanetsugu (“¡Œ´’©bŽíŒp 737-785) was assassinated by opponents of the Nagaoka capital, including possibly Kanmu's younger brother and then crown prince Sawara. Tanetsugu's mother was the daughter of Hata no Imiki Chōgen, who had migrated to Yamato from the peninsula, and the Nagaoka palace was built with the help of Hata clansmen. Saeki no Sukune Ima Emishi (²”Œh”H¡–Ñl 719-790) died (åI) two months before the death of Kanmu's mother. His title at the time of his death was "Scattered Rank, Senior Third Rank" (ŽUˆÊ³ŽOˆÊ), meaning he held the rank but had no post had previously been involved in the building of the Tōdaiji at Nara. According to his obituary, he was involved in the construction of the Tōdaiji at Nara from 744 during the reign of Shōmu. (Shoku Nihongi 40, Enryaku 9-10-3, 790-11-17 [13], SZKT SN-2:548). |
790 Takano no Asomi Niigasa's death, funeral, and burial |
790-1-17
Kanmu's mother collapses (dies) Shoku Nihongi 40, Enryaku 8-12-28, 790-1-21 [17] |
Kanbun c‘¾@•öB(SZKT SN 2:541) Translation The [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow [Takano no Asomi Niigasa] collapses [deceases]. [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow (c‘¾@ kōtaigō), meaning the wife of a deceased former sovereign ("empress dowager"). Her status is reflected in the use of "collapse" to describe her death. |
790-2-2
Kanmu's mother given posthumous name Shoku Nihongi 40, Enryaku 9-1-14, 790-2-6 [2] |
Kanbun ’†”[Œ¾³ŽOˆÊ“¡Œ´’©b¬•–ƒ˜C—¦æpl•òæpBã択H“V‚’m“ú”VŽq•P‘¸B (SZKT SN 2:541-542) Translation Fujiwara no Asomi Oguro Maro [733-794], Middle Receiver and Speaker, Senior Third Rank, consulted a [Shinto] condolence giver and [he] offered a condolence. The superior [sovereign] [gave] [the (deceased) (former) sovereign's widow] a send-off name calling [her] Ametaka Shiru Hi no Hime no Mikoto. condolence giver (æpl ruijin) appears to have been read "shinohigoto hito" at the time and later, from the Heian period, "shinobigoto hito" -- meaning "person [who offers] words [for] endurance [of grief]. send-off name (æŠ shi, okurina) is a name given a deceased person on the occasion of seeing the person off on his or her journey to the next world. The name is supposed to express something about the person's words or deeds while alive. Ametaka Shiru Hi no Hime no Mikoto (“V‚’m“ú”VŽq•P‘¸) may mean something like "princess divine, [child] of the sun which heaven high has known". Other renderings include "Ametaka Shirasu Hi no Ko Hime no Mikoto". This alludes to the story about her descent as related in the obituary (see below). |
790-2-3
Kanmu's mother buried Shoku Nihongi 40, Enryaku 9-1-15, 790-2-7 [3] |
Kanbun ‘’‰—‘åŽ}ŽR—ËBc‘¾@©˜aŽBæVŠ}B‘¡³ˆêˆÊ‰³Œp”V—–çB•ê‘¡³ˆêˆÊ‘åŽ}’©b^–…B@æoŽ©•SÏ•”J‰¤”VŽqƒ陁‘¾ŽqBc@—e“¿i–ÎBg’˜º—_B“V@‚ГVc—´ö”V“úB›QŽ§”[àB¶¡ãB‘—Çe‰¤B”\“o“àe‰¤B•ó‹T”N’†B‰ü©ˆ×‚–ì’©bB¡ã‘¦ˆÊB‘¸ˆ×c‘¾•vlB‹ã”N’Ç㑸†BžHc‘¾@B‘´•Sω“‘c“s•ç‰¤ŽÒB‰Í”Œ”V—Š´“ú¸Ž§Š¶Bc‘¾@‘¦‘´Œã–çBˆöˆÈ•òæŠàB(SZKT SN-2 542) Translation Buried [the (deceased) (former) sovereign's widow] at Ooe Sanryō [imperial burial mound]. The [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow's [hereditary] clan name was Yamato. [Her] posthumous name [imina] was Niigasa. She was the daughter of Ototsugu of [posthumously] who had been given Senior First Rank. Her mother was Ooeda no Ason Maimo who had been given Senior First Rank [posthumously]. The [(deceased) (former) sovereign's] widow's ancestors came from [the line of] Prince Junda [K. Sunta], son of Kudara [Paekche] King Munei [K. Munyŏng]. The sovereign widow had an exuberance of [moral] virtue and [feminine] grace [refinement]. From early [in her life] [people] highly spoke of and praised [her]. Ama-tsu-hitsugi Taka-tsu-gasu no Sumera Mikoto [Kōnin's posthumous name] in the days when the dragon was hidden [as a prince before he became the sovereign]. Beckoned and accepted [her] [as a consort]. [She] gave birth to the present superior [sovereign]. [And to] Prince Sawara. [And to] Princess Nōtō. During the Hōki years. [The sovereign] changed [her] [hereditary] title to Takano no Asomi. [When] the present superior [Kanmu] reached rank [became the sovereign]. [He] respected [her] [and] [her name of respect] became [He respected her as] the [former] sovereign's wife. For nine years after [the death of the sovereign Konin] the superior [the sovereign Kanmu] respected and styled [her]. [And] called [her] the [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow [dowager]. King Tsumo [K. Tomo], a distant ancestor of Paekche, was born when the daughter of [the river god] Habaek felt the essence [semen] of the sun. The [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow was his descendant. For this reason she was given the send-off name [Ametaka Shiru Hi no Hime no Mikoto]. posthumous name (æ ki, imina) was a name given while alive but used after death. Ototsugu (‰³Œp) refers more fully to Yamato no Fubito Ototsugu (˜aŽj‰³Œp), Niigasa's father. Ooeda no Ason Maimo (‘åŽ}’©b^–…) would seem to mean that Niigasa's mother was a "true younger sister" of the Ōeda no Ason or "Chief of Ōeda" -- Ōeda (Ooeda) being a clan name or place name (as of the tomb where Niigasa was buried), and Ason being the second highest hereditary title. Prince Junda [K. Sunta] (ƒ陁‘¾Žq) is here identified as a son of Kudara [Paekche] King Munei [K. Munyŏng] (•Sω¤•”J 501-523), the 25th king of Paekche. Some scholars have associated prince (‘¾Žq) Junda (ƒ陁 K. Sunta) in this account with prince (ŒN) Junda (~‘É K. Sunta), who is said in Nihon shoki to have died in the 7th year of Keita (513). See 513 Prince Junda passes for details. [former] sovereign's wife (c‘¾•vl kōtai fujin), meaning the wife of a living former sovereign. [deceased] [former] sovereign's widow (c‘¾@ kōtaigō), meaning the wife of a deceased former sovereign ("empress dowager"). Kōnin died in 882, hence she had been a dowager for nine years. King Tsumo [K. Tomo] (“s•ç‰¤) is said in some legends to have been the first Paekche King and founder of the Puyo nation. All contending genealogies of the founder of Paekche are linked with Puyo (•}—] Puyŏ). According to Samguk sagi, the first Paekche (Kudara) king was Onjo (‰·âN d AD 28, r18 BC - AD 28). Onjo, however, is supposed to have been the son of the first Koguryŏ (Koma) king Tongmyŏng (“Œ–¾‰¤ 58-19 BC, r37-19 BC). In a number of records, including Samguk sagi, Tongmyŏng is known by his birth name, Jumong (Žé–Ö J. Shumō), among other graphic representations, which include Chumo (ç¾–´ J. Suumu) and Tomo (“s–´ J. Tsumo). Both Koguryo and Paekche, as split offs from Puyo, saw Puyo as their ancestral nation. Puyo, when founded some time during the 2nd century BC, existed mostly in what was later Manchuria and is today part the People's Republic of China, but spilled over into the north of what is now the Democratic People's Republic of Korea. Koguryo and Paekche were founded at the expense of parts of Puyo that straddled the southeastern parts of Manchuria and most of the northern part of the Korean peninsula (Koguryo) and the southwestern part of the peninsula (Paekche). In 494, about half a millennium into its kingdom, Koguryo conquered the remnants of Puyo around what is now Heilongjiang province (Harbin) in China. Habaek (‰Í”Œ J. Kahaku) is read "kawa no kami" (‰Í_ kajin) in Yamato. The story related in Niigasa's obituary corresponds to the legend of the founding of Koguryo as related in Samguk sagi, according to which its first king Jumong was born from an egg produced by Habaek's daughter Yuhwa (–ö‰Ô J. Riukwa > Ryūka), who is supposed to have been impregnated by the sun. This and other variations of Paekche and Koguryo founding myths are thus linked through the gods with Puyo. Puyo and YamatoYamato founding myths share a number of elements with Puyo myths. Why this should be so is suggested by two facts. The first fact is that by 538, during the reign of King Sŏng (¹‰¤ r523-554), Paekche had moved its capital to Sabi (Ÿ™沘) and started to call itself "South Puyo" (“ì•}—] Nambuyŏ). The area is now Puyo county (•}éPŒS Puyŏ-gun) in South Ch'ungch'ong province (’‰´“쓹 Ch'ungch'ŏngnam-do), which is midway along the west coast of the Republic of Korea. It was during Sŏng's reign, in 552 if not 538, that Buddhism was introduced to Yamato by Paekche envoys. The second fact is that Yamato and Paekche had somehow established close ties long before the introduction of Buddhism, either through Yamato incursions on the peninsula -- or, as some contend, through early Puyo or Kudara (Paekche) involvement in the early growth of Yamato. In any event, this 790 account in Shoku Nihongi, Japan's second national history, ancestrally links the present-day Imperial Family of Japan with the daughter of the god of a Puyo river. See Akihito's Korean roots: The Fujiwara embrace of Kudara for an account of Akihito's recognition of these ancient ties. See Yamato no Asomi for account in Shinsen Shōjiroku (below). |
790-3-17
Kanmu calls Kudara no Konishiki his maternal relatives Shoku Nihongi 40, Enryaku 9-2-27, 790-3-21 [17] |
Kanbun ¥“úBÙžHB•Sω¤“™ŽÒ’½”VŠOÊ–çB¡ŠˆÈ“Fˆê—¼lB‰ÁŽöŽÝˆÊ–çB(SZKT SN-2 543) Translation This day. [The sovereign] commands and says. "The Kudara no Konikishi and others are my outer [maternal] relatives. Now hence select one or two people [from among this clan]. [And] augment and award [peerage] titles and ranks." Kudara no Konikishi (•Sω¤) is graphically "Paekche kings" (K. Paekche wang). The Yamato reading reflects the use of these graphs to represent the name of the clan whose lineal descendants went back to men who, as sons of the last Paekche (Kudara) king, had come to and settled in Yamato. outer [maternal] relatives (ŠOÊ gaiseki) referred to relatives who were "outside" the ever-important paternal line of descent. |
Nihon koki
Forthcoming.
795 Kudara no Konikishi Shuntetsu finishes |
Nihon koki 4 (from Nihongiryaku), Kōmu, Enryaku 14-8-7, 795-9-28 [24] |
Kanbun —¤‰œ’ÁŽç›’ŒR•SàZ‰¤r“N‘²B Translation Mutsu pacification and protection general [shōgun] Kudara no Konishiki Shuntetsu finishes (dies). |
796 Fujiwara no Tsugutada passes |
Nihon koki 5, Kōmu, Enryaku 15-7-16, 796-8-27 [23] |
Kanbun ‰E‘åb³“ñˆÊŒ“sc‘¾Žq˜ú’†åÊ‘å›’“¡Œ´’©bã‹ãŠåIB(SZKT NK 5:3) Translation Great Minister of the Right Senior Second Rank and also Crown Prince Attendant Middle Guard Major Captain Fujiwara no Asomi Tsugutada passes away. |
814 Six Shiragians (Sillans) sent to Mino |
Nihon koki 24, Saga, Kōnin 5-8-23, 814-10-13 [9] |
Kanbun ‰»˜ÒV—…l‰Á—…•zŒÃˆÉ“™˜Zl”z”ü”Zš B(SZKT NK:126) Translation Six people, Shiragians [Sillans] Kara Fukoi and others, who had come and changed, are sent to the province of Mino. Kara (‰Á—…) was another name for Kaya (‰¾–ë, ‰¾倻), which was used to refer to several smaller countries or one such country in the southwestern part of the Korean peninsula. These countries were subjugated and absorbed by Shiragi (Silla) in 562. See "562 Shiragi takes Mimana" under Nihon shoki. It is clear here that, while the people affiliated with the Kara were subjects of Shiragi, they continued to bear names that disclosed their descent. Mino was in the south of present-day Gifu prefecture. |
814 26 Sillans become subjects in Hakata |
Nihon kōki 24, Saga, Kōnin 5 Winter 10-27, 814-12-16 [12] |
Kanbun ‘åÉ•{Œ¾BV—…lh”gŒÃ’m“™“ñ\˜Zl•Y’˜’}‘Oš ”Ž‘½’ÃB–â‘´˜Ò—RB‰““Š•—‰»B(SZKT NK:128) Translation Dazaifu [government headquarters in present-day Fukuoka prefecture] reports. Twenty-six people, the Sillan Shin Hakochi and others, drifted [to] and arrived [at] the harbor of Hakata in the province of Chizuzen. [Officials] asked them the reason they had come. [They said they had] come far to throw [themselves] at [submit to] wind change [enlightenment]. drifted [to] and arrived [at] (•Y’˜ hyōchaku) does not tell us whether the Silla vessel encountered a storm and was damanged, or otherwise found itself at the mercy of the currents. Nor is it clear whether the Sillans had set out for Japan or, having arrived, decided to stay. See comments on "Silla and Parhae" below. wind change (•—‰» fūka) as a compound means literally "weathering" as when the wind wears something away. Here, however, the expression is a metaphor for the enlightenment that comes from embracing moral virtues, the refined manners that replace rougher behaviors. In other words, the drifters submitted themselves to (Yamato) manners (the court's moral superiority) and change] [assimilate]. Most likely they also changed their allegiance (kika ‹A‰»). The phrase “Š•—‰» is probably better understood as meaning "throw [oneself] at [submit to] the wind and change". "Throw" (“Š) means "surrender" as by throwing down weapons, or "submit" as by prostrating before an authority. "Wind" (•—) alludes to the moral example of the sovereign, or more broadly to Yamato manners, customs, and ways. "Change" (‰») is what occurs as a result of submission to such influence. CommentsSilla and ParhaeBy the end of the 6th century, Silla had conquered the Kaya countries on the south of the peninsula. By 660 and 668 it had conquered Paekche to its west and the southern parts of Koguryo just north of Silla and Paekche. By 698 it had driven Tang forces out its territory, which was south of the Taedong river -- which runs through Pyongyang in the Democratic People's Republic of Korea. The remnants of Koguryo, in the northern reaches of the peninsula, and north of the peninsula in what is now part of the People's Republic of China, formed a new entity called Parhae (ŸÝŠC), the capital of which was established in present-day Heilongjiang province. Parhae and Japan maintained diplomatic ties in the form of visits of envoys from one country to the other, and several of Japan's missions to Tang passed through Parhae. By the end of the 8th century, however, Silla was both defending its northern front from Parhae and Tang, but falling apart in civil wars that would have created refugees. A number of Sillans migrated to Japan as Silla weakened and finally succummed to forces that established the kingdom of Koryŏ (‚—í) in 935. Very likely the Sillans who arrived at Hakata in 814 were refugees who had some control over their vessel. They might even have left a port in what had been part of Mimana, with sufficient information about the crossing of the straits to know that, if they maintained a southeasterly course and kept certain islands in sight, they would probably end up around Hakata. |
815 Kudara no Konikishi Myoshin passes |
Nihon kōki 24, Saga, Kōnin 6 Winter 10-15, 815-11-23 [19] |
Kanbun ŽUŽ–]“ñˆÊ•Sω¤–¾MåIB(SKK 136) Translation Kudara no Konikishi Myōshin, Scattered Duty Junior Second Rank, passes away. Scattered Duty (ŽUŽ– Sanji) is either synonymous with "San'i" (ŽUˆÊ) or "Scattered Rank", meaning that someone held the following rank but had no post, or it means a lady-in-waiting who performed general duties in the back chambers of the court where the women lived (Œã‹{ kōkyō). Myōshin was of no mean status. A sister of Shuntetsu, and a sixth generation descendant of the last king of Paekche, she became the wife of Fujiwara no Tsugutada (“¡Œ´Œp“ê 727-796), a Great Minister of the Right under Kanmu and one of the compilers of Shoku Nihongi. During Kanmu's reign, she was appointed Naishi no Kami (®Ž˜), and as such was in charge of Kanmu's coterie of wives and consorts. Her fortunes began to fall after his death in 806. |
Shinsen Shojiroku
See Shinsen Shōjiroku "Newly compiled record of titles and families" in 815 Japan for an overview of SSSR, including images of selected texts from wabon edition in Yosha Bunko.
45 Minamoto no Asomi Kōbetsu, Ukyō |
Shinsen Shōjiroku, Yosha 1/3, 1-chitsu, 1-kan, 5a-5b; Saeki 1:156-157 |
The first 38 records in my wabon edition of Shinsen Shōjiroku come at the top of the records in Case 1 (‘æˆê›ã), immediately following the preface. All concern "imperial descent" (kōbetsu c•Ê) Mabito (áÁl) residing in the "Right Capital" (Ukyō ‰E‹ž) of Heiankyō. All are short, and all but a couple are one line or less. Many are sourced to Nihongi (“ú–{‹I) or Shoku Nihongi (‘±“ú–{‹I). The following description of the family of Minamoto no Asomi is the first substantial record in my wabon edition. It comes at the very beginning of Book 1 (‘æˆêŠª), in Case 1, at the start of the first section on "imperial descent" families in the "Left Capital" (Sakyō ¶‹ž). The record is characterized by its "census like" enumeration of family members by sex, age, and maternity. Text and translation45
Œ¹’©b
45
Minamoto no Asomi CommentsDatesThe date given for the conferral of the Asomi kabane on Minamoto no Asomi Makoto was Kōnin 5-5-8 (814-6-3). This was only 15 months before the stated publication of Shinsen Shōjiroku on Kōnin 6-7-20 (815-9-1). MetaphorsI have retained metaphors like "belly" for • (hara) and "family" for Ž (uji) because they have currency in both early and recent texts. I have translated © in the sense of "kabane" as "title". Today, Ž (shi) would generally be a "family name" and © is more like a "surname". See 544 Saro Matsu's divided loyalties (above) for an example of "Karabara" (ŠØ• ) or "Kara (Korean) belly". See Racial lexicography: Ainoko, konketsuji, and haafu in dictionaries for examples of "harachigai" (• ˆá‚¢) or "different belly" referring to a sibling by a different mother, and related "half blood" sibling terms, on the Dictionary page of the Terminology section of the Konketsuji website. Sibling orderThe sisters follow the brothers, within which younger siblings follow older siblings. The "politics" of sex and ageSex and age, as sociobiological determinants, are among the most common and universal factors in a person's status. Sex, even more than age, is one of those inescapable "facts of life" that come with our biological condition. "Sexual politics" -- the term in vogue when I was in college -- has become "gender politics". Age -- also a biological condition -- continues to be socially important, though it is becoming less limiting than in the past. Both "sexists" and "agists" are on the run, but the race isn't over. Biology will continue to insist that "sex" and "age" matter. The sociopolitical question is how they will still matter. |
664 Tasuki no Tajihi no Sukune Shinbetsu, Kafuchi (Kauchi) no Kuni, Tenson |
Shinsen Shōjiroku, Yosha, v3/3, 2-chitsu, 18-kan, 99a; Saeki 1:266 |
Unlike the record for Minamoto on Asomi, describes the composition of his family in the manner of a census, reports how the vocations of two brothers were determined by their characters. Text and translation664
æF‘½Ž¡”äh”H@yèÕ•‰z
664
Tasuki no Tajihi no Sukune <Yukihe> (Yukie) [Quiver Bearer] CommentsRecensionsThe red words in <angle brackets> are recensions from other versions of the text. They are not in my wabon edition, which appears to be an 18th century printing of the 1668 kunten edition by Jishōken (Shirai) Sōin. See Shinsen Shōjiroku: "Newly compiled record of titles and families" in 815 Japan for details and images. Yukie (Quiver Bearer)I have shown the first instance of "Yukihe" (Yukie), which immediately follows the principal name in the record, in <angle brackets> because my wabon edition shows it in the finer font of a comment. In Yukihe (Yukie) (èÕ•‰) or "Quiver Bearer" in the record is not the father's name but the name bestowed on his younger son. The father's name, Tasuki (æF), suggests that the older son's "woman-like heart" and vocation may have come from the father. Dramatis personaeTasuki no Tajihi no Sukune was classified as a "heaven descendant" (“V‘·) in the "god group" (_•Ê) of titled families in Kafuchi (‰Í“à‘ Kauachi; Kahachi, Kawachi) no Kuni. Hoakari no Mikoto would seem to be the son of Amaterasu's grandson Ninigi no Mikoto and the Hayato princess Konohana Sakuyahime of mountain god descent, whose stories are told in Kojiki and Nihon Shoki. See The journey to Kasasa: Paradise found and lost in the land of Hayato for various accounts of Japan's legendary mixed-blood gods. Anecdotal qualityThe record has all the qualities of a "story" that is more than just a straight genealogy. It begins with the perfunctory statement about Tasuki no Tajihi no Sukune's lineage, then links his sons vocations to their characters. One can imagine the compilers -- and readers then and now -- smiling. |
779
Yamato no Asomi
Shoban, Sakyō, Kudara 780 Kudara no Asomi Shoban, Sakyō, Kudara 781 Kudara no Kimi Shoban, Sakyō, Kudara |
Shinsen Shōjiroku, Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 21-kan, 114b; Saeki 1:286 |
Records of families from "various neighboring countries" (shoban ””×) begin from Book 20 (‘æ“ñ\Šª), the first book in Case 3 (‘æŽO›ã). The first group of families with ancestral roots in a "neighboring country" (ban ”×) are families of Aya (Š¿) descent residing in the western or left half of Heiankyō (Sakyō ¶‹ž). Left-capital Aya records continue into Book 21. Records of the first shoban families with roots in Kudara (Paekche •SàZ) appear in Book 21 after the Aya families. The first 3 left-capital Kudara-ancestry families are described as descendants of Kudara kings, who themselves are described by their generation of descent from Tobo (“s•ç), the founder of Kōkuri (Koguryŏ ‚‹å—í), as follows. Texts•SàZ [ƒNƒ^ƒ‰] Translations
Kudara CommentsThese three records come in succession on the 3rd page of Book 21 (‘æ“ñ\ˆêŠª), which begins the second part of the list of Sakyō families of neighboring country origin (¶‹ž””׉º), in my wabon version. The red words in <angle brackets> are recensions from other versions of the text. They are not in my wabon edition, which appears to be an 18th century printing of the 1668 kunten edition by Jishōken (Shirai) Sōin. Dramatis personaeKing Tobo (“s•ç‰¤) is the usual recension of King Kōbo (F•ç‰¤) in the received text. Kobo is apparently the name in older historical accounts. He is cited in 7 SSSR records as the progenitor of several Paekche kings, who SSSR describes by number of generations removed from him. Tobo is one of several names by which King Tōmeisei (K Tongmyŏngsŏng “Œ–¾¹ bd unk rBC37-BC19), the founder of Koguryŏ (J Kokuri ‚‹å—í), in known in early accounts. King Mon'en (K Munyŏ 汶•£) is associated (on Korean websites) with Bunshū (K Munju •¶Žü b unk d477 r475-477), whose names included Mon'en (K Munyŏ •¶•£) and Mon'en (K Munyŏ 汶•£). Mon'en is Tobo's 24th-generation descendant in SSSR but is Packche's 22nd sovereign on current lists. King Munei (K Munyŏng •”J 462-523 r502-523”Njis Tobo's 18th-generation descendant in SSSR but is Packche's 25th sovereign on current lists. King Kei (K Hye Œb b unk d599 r598-599) is Tobo's 30th-generation descendant in SSSR but is Packche's 28th sovereign on current lists. DiscrepanciesOccasional small discrepancies in generational counts are understandable. But all three of these records show descrepancies between the reported generation of descent from Tobo, and the generation of progenitor in today's lists of Kudara (Paekche) kings. And the descrepancy in the account of Yamato no Asomi's ancestry is large. Some discrepancies may be systematic, others random. The discrepancies seen here may represent both kinds. How can they be explained if not corrected? See Kudara (Paekche) kings: Discrepancies in generation counts in the Shinsen Shōjiroku: "Newly compiled record of titles and families" in 815 Japan article. Yamato no AsomiShoku Nihongi links Emperor Kanmu's mother, Takano no Asomi Niigasa, with King Munei through her father's Yamato no Fumi (˜aŽj) clan. How are the Yamato no Fumi and Yamato no Asomi clans related? Are they colineal or collateral? And are tierhAs they l reand Yamato no Kimi families? Takano no Asomi Niigasa's death, funeral, and burial for remarks in Shoku Nihongi (above) for details. Of interest here is that Manta Shinnō, the hightest ranking and first listed compiler of Shinsen Shōjiroku, is one of Kanmu's son's and therefore a grandson of the late Takano no Asomi Niigasa. Her ancestors included Yamato no Fumi (˜aŽj), which may be related to Yamato no Kimi (whether graphed ˜`ŒN or ˜aŒö). But SSSR records make no mention of 503 Son of Kudara prince becomes progenitor of Yamato no Kimi and 513 Prince Junda (Sunta) passes in Nihon shoki accounts (above) for details. |
Six kika records 197 Wosa ["Translator"] Kōbetsu, Yamashiro 740 Udzumasa no Kimi no Sukune Shoban, Sakyō, Aya 752 Ohowoka no Imiki 782 Tsuki no Muraji 914 Hata no Imiki 1099 Mimana no Kimi |
Shinsen Shōjiroku 197 Yosha 1/3, 1-chitsu, 5-kan, 23a-23b; Saeki 1:187 740 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 20-kan, 108b-109a; Saeki 1: ??? 752 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 20-kan, 110b-111a; Saeki 1: ??? 782 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 21-kan, 115a; Saeki 1: ??? 914 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 24-kan, 130b-131b; Saeki 1: ??? 1099 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 29-kan, 155a-155b; Saeki 1: ??? |
Six records in Shinsen Shōroku report accounts of "kika" (Ÿd‰») changes of allegience. The source wabon text shows the graphs marked to be read ƒ’ƒ‚ƒ€ƒPƒŠ (womomukeri), reflecting "omomuku" (•‹‚AŽï‚) -- meaning to "follow" or "obey" or "submit to" -- conjugated as a perfect terminal (-ke + ri). Texts and translationsŽRéš c•Ê ‘å˜aš c•Ê Yamashiro no Kuni, Imperial descent Yamato no Kuni, Imperial descent ¶‹ž””×ã Left Capital Shoban 1 ¶‹ž””×ã The account of Wosa (Osa) contains a number of Sinific expressions that remain common today and impute similar meanings -- at least graphically. The underlying language -- the metaphors associated with the graphs -- can be somewhat different. Still, there is considerable continuity in the transition from older to current meanings.
l–¯ (SC jinmin) is also read ƒ’ƒzƒ“ƒ^ƒJƒ‰ (wohon-takara) in the received text. The readings and definitions of l–¯ and ‘–¯ are found in Nihon Shoki (see below). The "-n" in "wohon" is a euphonic reduction of "-mu", which reflects a euphonic of "-mi" when prefixing a word with the honorific "ohomi" (oomi ‘åŒä). Honorific "o-" (Œä) is also at times euphonized as "on-". Early Japanese had no terminal "-n" but only "-mu". Kana forms for "-n" were introduced later in the history of kana development. Early dictionaries show "woho" (ƒ’ƒz) -- w-glide "wo" and ha-gyō "ho" -- but current dictionaries give only "oho" (ƒIƒz) as the historical orthography for today's "oo" (ƒIƒIA‚¨‚¨A‘å). For a gloss and commentary on ‘° read as "yakara" see 505 Son of Kudara prince becomes progenitor of Yamato no Kimi in Nihon shoki (above). CommentsStructural translation ¶‹ž””×ã ŽRé‘””× ‰E‹ž–¢’èŽG© |
Two "tōka" records 902 Nagase no Muraji Shoban, Ukyō, Kōrai (> Koma) 935 Tatara no Kimi Shoban, Yamashiro no Kuni, Mimana |
|
Shinsen Shōjiroku 902 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 23-kan, 129a; Saeki 1:304-305 935 Yosha 3/3, 3-chitsu, 24-kan, 134a; Saeki 1:311 |
|
Two records in Shinsen Shōroku report accounts of "tōka" (“Š‰») changes of allegience. The received wabon texts of both reports show Žö‰» recensioned to “Š‰». And in both reports, the graphs are marked to be read ƒ’ƒ‚ƒ€ƒPƒŠ (womomukeri), reflecting "omomuku" (•‹‚AŽï‚) -- meaning to "follow" or "obey" or "submit to" -- conjugated as a perfect terminal (-ke + ri). Texts and translations‚—í Kōrai (> Koma) ”C“ß Mimana CommentsThe names of many titled persons in Shinsen Shōjiroku are based on physical attributes or behaviors. Nagase (’·”w) -- "Long Back" -- was given the name "Prince Nagase" (’·”w‰¤) because "The length (space, span, stretch, measure) of his back was long". Tatara (‘½‘½—Ç) derives from "tatari" (‘½‘½—˜). Both, like "Mimana" (ŒäŠÔ–¼) and "oke" (ŒÁ‹), are written in moraic man'yōgana. A "tatari" consist of a short pole on a base, or two or three poles on a stand, used to keep a skein of thread, yarn, or fiber from tangling. See especially page 467 and images in Mari Omura and Naoko Kizawa, "The Textile Terminology in Ancient Japan", in Salvatore Gaspa, Cécile Michel, and Marie-Louise Nosch,Textile Terminologies (From the Orient to the Mediterranean and Europe, 1000 BC to 1000 AD), Volume 28, Lincoln (Nebraska), Zea Books, 2017, Article 30, pages 451-482, University of Nebraska Library, DigitalCommons@University of Nebraska. Dramatis personaeEmperor Kinmei (‹Ô–¾ c509-c571 rc539-c571) is counted as the 29th emperor of Japan. His birth-death dates and reign dates are widely said to be the first such dates to be historically verifiable among Japan's early emperors. However, they are not entirely undisputed, and numerous questions about his life await more certain answers. Among the historical sovereigns, however, Kinmei's reign is the third longest, following Hirohito (Shōwa, r1926-1989) and Mutsuhito (Meiji, r1868-1912), the 124th and 122nd sovereigns. See Soga and Fujiwara wombs: The violent birth of Yamato harmony for more about Kinmei's involvement in Yamato's alliance with Kudara (Paekche), during which Buddhism was introduced in Japan. King Sūmu (K Sumo ç¾–´ BC58-BC19), aka Shumō (K Chumong Žé–Ö), is regarded as the founder of Koguryŏ (J Kōkuri ‚‹å—í). His posthumous name is Tōmeisei (K Tongmyŏsŏng “Œ–¾¹). He is also known Tonjo (J Tobo “s•ç), and is father of Onjo (J Onsa 溫âN), the founder and 1st king of Paekche (Kudara). King Nirikumu (Ž¢—˜‹v–´), transcribed in moraic man'yōgana, and called a "king" (ō ‰¤), is represented as a "head of the country of Mimana" (Mimana no kuni no nirim ŒäŠÔ–¼š ). For a gloss and commentary on Žå read as "nirim" see 505 Son of Kudara prince becomes progenitor of Yamato no Kimi in Nihon shoki (above).
On w-glide "wo" for "omomuku"Wagokuhen (˜`‹Ê•Ñ), a Chinese-Japanese dictionary widely used during the Muromachi and Edo periods, lists ƒ’ƒ‚ƒ€ƒN (womomuku) as the first of 6 Yamato readings of •‹, read ƒt (fu) in Sino-Chinese. Yamato readings for Žï, read "shu" in Sino-Chinese, include ƒ’ƒ‚ƒ€ƒL (womomuki) and ƒ’ƒ‚ƒ€ƒN (womomuku). See Book 1, page 78b, 115 (‘–), in the 3-book Spring 1610 edition in Waseda University Library's Kotenseki Sogo Database. The earliest known edition is dated 1489. Present-day dictionaries do not show historical w-glide "wo" orthography for "omomuku". Kwanggaet'o stele in Koguryŏç¾–´‰¤ -- King Sumo (J Sūmu) is chiseled on Kwanggaet'o Wangnŭngbi (J Kōkaido Ōhi œAŠJ“y‰¤—Ë”è), aka Hot'ae Wangbi (J Kōtai Ōhi D‘¾‰¤”è), a granite memorial stele associated with the tomb of its name bearer, King Kwanggaet'o aka Hot'ae (374-413, r391-413), the 19th sovereign of Koguryŏ. The stele was erected around 414 by his oldest son and successor, Changsu (J Chōju ’·šæ 394-491, r413-491). Changsu is credited with reducing Koguryŏ (J Kōkuri ‚‹å—í) to Koryŏ (J Kōrai, Koma ‚—í), which 5 centuries later would become the name of the united peninsula, and remain its name for 4-1/2 centuries (918-1392). The stele is located in present-day Ji'an (J Shūan WˆÀ) city in Jilin (J Kitsurin ‹g—Ñ) province in the People's Republic of China. The city is the site of the capital of Koguryō and a number Koguryŏ tombs. Convoluted and controversial historyJumong (주몽 Žé–Ö) -- as Chumong (J Shumō) is written in ROK's 2000 romanization scheme -- is the title of a popular Munhwa Broadcasting Corporation (MBC) TV drama that ran for 81 episodes from 2006 to 2007. The drama is a heavily fictionalized romance of the legendary founding of Koguryŏ after the defeat of Han Chinese forces in the cradle of early Chosŏ, in regions of present-day China north of the today's Yalu river, where the legendary Tan'gun (J Dankun ’hŒN) is supposed to have spawned the Chosŏ race in 2333 BC. Early Choŏ (J Chōsen ’©‘N) was subjugated by China during the Han Dynasty. Resistance to Han rule led to the rise of Puyŏ (J Fuyo •véP), which figured in the formation of of Koguryŏ north and south of the Yalu, Paekche southwest of Koguryŏ on the southwest of the peninsula, Silla (J Shiragi V—…) to south of Koguryŏ west of Paekche (J Kudara •SÏ), and Kaya (J Kaya ‰¾–ëA‰Á–ëA‰Á倻). Kaya is also known as Kara (‰Á—…AŠØ) and Mimana (K Imna ”C“ß). Sometimes Mimana includes Kaya. Sometimes they are neighbors, with Mimana on the coast thus closest to Yamato, in the area of present-day Masan and Pusan, and Kaya inland just north of Mimana. The history of Japan's involvement in these small southern entities is controversial. On the surface of historical texts and archaeological evidence, Japan had outposts in the south of Korea and allied itself with Kaya/Imna (Mimana) and Paekche (Kudara) against Silla (Shiragi) and Koguryŏ (Kōkuri). This is the gist of early Chinese, Korean, and Japanese accounts. It is also the gist of the history of Koguryŏ chiseled on the Kwanggaet'o wangnŭngbi stele. The rise and fall of the several Chosŏ entities, and the shifting of their borders as they fought each other over territory, makes the history of the region very convoluted. The history is further wrinkled by shifts in alliances between the entities, and between some of the entities and China or Yamato, both of which had interests on the peninsula. Today, the nature of Yamato's involvement in peninsular affairs -- and the nature of the involvement of peninsular entities in Yamato's affairs -- are hotly contested in nationalist histories. |
Ryō no gige (834)
The Ryō no gige (—ß‹`‰ð) [Meanings and unravelings of ordinances] was commissioned in 833 by Junna (786-849, r823-833) and completed the following year under the editorial supervision of Kiyohara (Kiyowara) no Mahito no Natsuno (´Œ´^l‰Ä–ì 782-837), then Udaijin [great minister of the right] (832-837), before that Dainagon [great receiver and speaker] (828-832).
The compilation consists of the articles in the contemporary Yōrō code (—{˜V—ß Yōrō ryō), which evolved during the 8th century on a foundation of 7th century adaptations of Tang codes, and related commentary. One of aims of the commentary was to clarify the purport of the official codes, which were subject to various interpretations (Sansom 1932:69).
There are also a number of later exegeses, such as Ryō no shūge (—ßW‰ð) [Collected interpretations of the codes], completed about 880 by Koremune Naomoto (ˆÒ@’¼–{). This work consists of Ryō no gige with Koremune's comments in addition to Kiyohara no Natsuno's glosses.
Many manuscript copies of both of these and related works survive. High resolution scans embedded in PDF files, of several manuscripts of both Ryō no gige and Ryō no shūge, are publicly accessible through the website of Waseda University Library. I have used printed editions edited by Kurosaka Katsumi and the Kokushi Taikei Kenshukai (see "Works cited").
Ordinances on households and fields
The Ryō no gige version of the Yōrō code consists of 10 books (Šª kan) containing 30 ordinances (—ß ryō). Ordinance 8 concerns households and Ordinance 9 concerns fields. The order is important because allocation and management of cultivation land was based on population registers and related tax records.
Ordinance 8 on households has 45 articles. Ordinance 9 on fields has 37 articles. Ordinance 8, but not Ordinance 9, has been roughly translated with commentary by George B. Sansom (Sansom 1934:134-149).
Sources
The texts of the ordinances reflect Kurosaka 1981 (SZKT RG:91-106). However, most interlineal glosses and comments have been omitted.
Kanbun
The kanbun text shown here began with the script posted by Sekine Satoshi (ŠÖª‘) at www.kojiki.org (ŒÃŽ–‹L³‰ðFŒÃŽ–‹LŒ¤‹†‰ï). The copied script was modified to reflect the printed edition at hand (SZKT RG). Some interlineal text was keyboarded, and code for some non-JIS script was imported from Unicode NCR sources (see "Languages" under "Technical" on "About site" page).
English translations
The structural English translations and comments are mine. As usualy, I have shown lots of construction marks and other details that would be omitted or restyled in a polished translation.
Sansom's translations for articles of Ordinance 8 have been shown for comparison. Sansom titles the ordinance and qualifies his translation like this (Sansom 1934:134, brackets in original).
Chapter VIII. THE LAW OF HOUSEHOLDS ŒË—ß
[This law contains forty-five articles, of which the substance is given below.]
Japanese translation
The printed edition at hand (SZKT RG) shows kaeriten, furigana, and okurigana to facilitate structural translation into Japanese. Rather than try to render this into what would be kanbunesque Japanese, I have instead shown a recent Japanese translation that I cut and pasted from the HMTL edition of Œ»‘ãŒê–óu—{˜V—ßv‘SŽO\•Ò as posted by Ikari Hiromi (’–Žë_”ü) at Kansei Taikan Yoro Outline.
Bear in mind that the Japanese translation does not necessarily reflect all of the details of the kanbun text. In places it is highly interpretive and otherwise not structural.
RG 08-16 Registers of returnees and others from outside territories |
Ryō no gige |
Treatment of returnees and others from outside YamatoArticle 16 of Ordinance 8 (Households) of Ryō no gige concerns the treatment of persons who have come from an outside territory. These persons included people originally from a Yamato province who are returning, and those not originally subject to Yamato authority. |
—ß‹`‰ðA8 ŒË—ßA16 –v—ŽŠO”×ðKanbun –}–v—ŽŠO”× < ˆàB–vŽÒB”í´—ª–çB—ŽŽÒB‘˜•—”gŽ§—¬—Ž–çB > “¾ŠÒB‹y‰»ŠOl‹A‰»ŽÒBŠÝ‘ŒSB‹‹ˆßâìB‹ïó””ò‰w\‘tB‰»ŠOlB‰—Š°‘•ŠÑˆÀ’uB–v—ŽlˆË‹ŒŠÑB–³‹ŒŠÑB”C‰—‹ße•ŠÑB•À‹‹âìB’ü‘—Žg’B‘OŠB(SZKT RG:95-96) Translation Always: [When a person] is able to return [to Yamato] [from] an outside territory where [the person] has sunken or fallen < It is said: Sunken. Seized and taken. Fallen. Encountered winds and waves and flowed and fell. > . And [when] a person who is outside [beyond] change [beyond the reach of the sovereign's benevolence, which would inspire change in allegience] submits [to the sovereign's moral authority] and changes [allegiance]. The province or district in which [such a person] exists [is found]. Shall provide [the person] clothing and food. [And shall] detail the circumstances, dispatch a flying post-horse [send a message using official post horses], and report and relate [the matter to the court]. A person who is outside change. [Province or district authorities will] attach [the person] to a register [make a register for the person] and settle and place [the person] [somewhere]. [Attach] a sunken or fallen person to [the person's] old register. [Should] there not be an old register. Appoint [consign] [the person] to a near kin and attach [the person] to the [near kin's] register. And provide food. Send and forward [the person] and cause [the person] to reach the foregoing place [where the person is to be settled]. sunken or fallen reflects –v—Ž (botsuraku), which means "sink and fall" -- in the sense, as explained in the interlineal gloss, of being defeated by human enemies or natural conditions. The metaphors may appear to be mixed but they are not. –v (botsu, motsu), meaning to disappear, as beneath the waves, is a common metaphor for death, whereas —Ž (raku) means to drop or be dropped, fall or be left behind, go or be missing. Note that —Ž (raku) is often suffixed to like metaphors to stress their actions. As a stand-alone compound today, –v—Ž typically means "decline" or "wane" or otherwise suggests a downward movement if not ruin, while ‘—Ž (daraku) is a metaphor for "fall" in the sense of "depravity". outside territories reflects ŠO”× (geban), which presumably means the "barbarian" lands (”× ban) outside Yamato dominions, especially neighborhing lands on the Korean peninsula, but also the unpacified parts of the northern reaches of Honshu, if not also lands to the west and to the north of northern Honshu. outside [beyond] change reflects ‰»ŠO (kegai), which was used to qualify a place, person, or population that was beyond the influence of the moral authority (benevolence and virtues) of a sovereign, or teachings inspired by such, and hence was unable to change their allegience or ways. Related terms include “¿‰» (tokka), ‹³‰» (kyōka), ‰¤‰» (ōka), c‰» (kōka). Here ‰»ŠOl is read "‰»ŠO‚Ìl" (kegai no hito) meaning "person of [a place] beyond change" and is translated (ˆÙ‘l ikokujin) meaning "different country person". The later expression was not a likely description of an alien from another country until around the beginning of the 19th century. During the Tokugawa period, and until (and even a bit into) the Meiji period from 1868, the term "outlander" (ŠO‘l gaikokujin) most likely referred to a person from another domain or province within Japan, not to an alien from a place outside Japan. submits [to the sovereign's moral authority] and changes [allegiance] reflects the contemporary sense of ‹A‰» (kika). As a stand-alone compound today, this term has come to mean "naturalization" as when a national of one country applies for, and acquires, the nationality of another country. See "Kika" and "toka" for more about this expression. attach to a register (•ŠÑ fukan) and old register (‹ŒŠÑ kyōkan) incorporate the term "kan" (ŠÑ), which meant a household register in the locality where one is considered to be settled or domiciled. As a register signifying local entity affiliation, a "kan" was the equivalent of "honseki" (–{Ð) today. Related terms include ŠÑÐ (kanjaku), meaning enrollment in a register, or a principle register or place thereof; ‹½ŠÑ (kyōkan), meaning a village or native register; and –{ŠÑ (honkan), meaning a principal register or place thereof. As a Sino-Korean term, –{ŠÑ (본관 pongwan) refers to the locality of a patrilineal ancestral clan. Such information was recorded in Korean registers in order to be able to differentiate, say, Kims of different Kim lineages by the putative places of origin of the their blood lines. Until recently in the Republic of Korea, two people with like surnames of the same clan were not allowed to marry. Though no longer prohibitted by law, consanguinous clan unions continue to be widely avoided as a matter of custom. Japanese translation ŠO”×iˆÙ‘j‚É–v—Ž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½l‚ª‹AŠÒ‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«A‹y‚ÑA‰»ŠO‚ÌliˆÙ‘lj‚ª‹A‰»‚·‚é‚Æ‚«AŠÝ‚Ì‘ŒS‚͈ßH‚ð‹‹•t‚·‚邱‚ÆB󋵂ð‚‚Ԃ³‚É‚µ‚Ä”ò‰w‚𔂵‚Ä\‘t‚·‚邱‚ÆBˆÙ‘l‚ÍA—]’n‚Ì‚ ‚é‘‚Ì–{Ђɕ‚¯‚ĈÀ’u‚·‚邱‚ÆB–v—Ž‚Ìl‚ÍA‹Œ‚Ì–{Ђɑ®‚·‚±‚ÆB‹Œ‚Ì–{Ђª‚È‚¯‚ê‚ÎA”CˆÓ‚Ì‹ße‚ÌЂɕ‚¯‚邱‚ÆB‚¢‚¸‚ê‚àAH—¿‚ð‹‹•t‚µ‚Ä’ü‘—‚µA‘OŠ‚É’B‚·‚é‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚ÆB Sansom's translation (Sansom 1934:137, brackets in original) 16. Persons who have returned after being captured or cast ashore in foreign territory and persons who beomce naturalized shall be provided with food and clothing in the district where they are found, and the facts shall be notified in detail to the authorities by post messenger (i.e. an official messenger using the government's posting stations and horses). Naturalized persons shall be put on the register and settled in a good district; returned persons shall be put on their original register or, if they have no register, handed over to near relatives. They shall be provided with food until they reach their destination. ["Foreign territory" ŠO”× probably included the then unsubjugataed parts of Japan as well as the Asiatic mainland and outlying islands. The case envisaged is that of, for instance, shipwrecked fishermen.] |
RG 08-19 Making and managing household registers |
Ryō no gige |
Making and managing household registersArticle 19 concerns the making and management of household registers. As such it formed the cornerstone of the population registration practices that eventually inspired the Family Registration Law of 1872, Japan's most important law from the start of the Meiji Period and still now in the 21st century. The notion that governors can more effectively govern when they know how many and what kind of people live in their jurisdictions has been central to the achievement of sociopolitical order since historical times. It facilitated the Yamatoization of the provinces in the last half of the first millennium and the maintaince of local and regional order during the Tokugawa period. Household registration also enabled the rapid nationalization of the provinces of Japan after the establishment of the Meiji state in the 1868. And domestic experience and success made family registration the principle tool for nationalizing, and administrating the civil affairs of, claimed and treaty-acquired territories like Ezo, the Ryukyu's, the Ogasawaras, Karafuto and the Kuriles, Taiwan, and Korea as Chosen. |
—ß‹`‰ðA[8] ŒË—ßA[19] ‘¢ŒËÐðKanbun –}ŒËИZ”Nˆê‘¢B‹N\ˆêŒŽã{BˆËŽ®Š¨‘¢B—¢•Êˆ×ŠªB‘yŽÊŽO’ÊB‘´–DŠF’‘´‘‘´ŒS‘´—¢‘´”NÐBŒÜŒŽ™À“ú“àæ^B“ñ’Ê\‘—‘¾Š¯Bˆê’Ê—¯‘B < ‘´ŽGŒË—ËŒËÐB‘¥XŽÊˆê’ÊBŠe‘—–{ŽiB > Š{Ž†•M“™’²“xB < ˆàB–nŽ²›ã‘Ñ”V—ÞB‘¦H[•Ä‹Ò]ŽÒB—pŠ¯•¨‹‹B‘´Œv’ –’oŽ†•M“™’²“x–çB > ŠFo“–ŒËB‘ŽiŠ¨—ÊŠ湏 [{] ‘½B—ÕŽžÎŽÞB•s“¾N‘¹•S©B‘´ÐŽŠŠ¯B•À‘¦æ”[ŒãŠ¨B < ˆàBæ”[’†–±–¯•”BŒãXŠ¨撿–çB > Žá—L‘Œ¸‰B–v < ˆàB‘Œ¸ŽÒB”N‹I•sˆËŽÀ–çB‰BŽÒBåS•sã–çB–vŽÒB¼¶’Ž€–çB > •s“¯B󉺄B‘³öŽ¸B‘¦‰—ÈЋ–—RB < ˆàBŽ¸ö”V—RB‹ï’ÈåS–çB > ‘–’’’ åS[Ð]B < ˆàB’ ŽÒBŒv’ –çBÐŽÒBŒËЖçB > (SZKT RG:96-97) Translation Always: [Forthcoming.] Japanese translation ŒËЂÍA‚U”N‚É‚P“xì‚邱‚ÆB‚P‚PŒŽã{‚æ‚è’…Žè‚µAŽ®‚Ɉ˂Á‚ÄŒŸ“¢ì¬‚·‚邱‚ÆB—¢‚²‚Æ‚É‚PŠª‚Æ‚·‚邱‚ÆB‘S•”‚Å‚R’ÊŽÊ‚·‚±‚ÆB‚‚¬–Ú‚ÉŠFA‚»‚Ì‘A‚»‚ÌŒSA‚»‚Ì—¢A‚»‚Ì”N‚ÌЂƒ‹L‚·‚邱‚ÆB‚TŒŽ‚R‚O“ú‚Ü‚Å‚ÉI‚¦‚邱‚ÆB‚Q’Ê‚Í‘¾Š¯‚É\‚µ‘—‚邱‚ÆB‚P’Ê‚Í‘‚É—¯‚߂邱‚ÆB < ŽGŒËE—ˌ˂ÌЂÍA‚³‚ç‚É‚P’ÊŽÊ‚µ‚ÄA‚»‚ꂼ‚ê–{Ži‚É‘—‚邱‚ÆB > —p‚¢‚é‚Æ‚±‚ë‚ÌŽ†E•M“™‚Ì’²“x‚ÍAŠFA“–ŠY‚̌˂Éo‚³‚¹‚邱‚ÆB‘Ži‚Í—p‚¢‚é‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Ì—Ê‚ðŒvŽZ‚µ‚ÄA—ÕŽž‚ÉÎŽÞ‚·‚邱‚ÆB•S©‚ðN‘¹‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í‚Å‚«‚È‚¢BЂª‘¾Š¯‚É“ž’…‚µ‚½‚È‚ç‚ÎA‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚Ü‚¸‚·‚®‚É”[‚ß‚ÄA‚»‚̌㌟“¢‚¹‚æB‚à‚µ‘Œ¸‚ð‰B–v‚µ‚Ä–µ‚‚·‚é‚Æ‚±‚낪‚ ‚ê‚ÎA󋵂ɉž‚¶‚Ä„–â‚·‚邱‚ÆB‘‚ªAöŽ¸‚µ‚½‚Ƴ”F‚µ‚½‚È‚ç‚ÎA‚·‚®‚ÉÈЂÉA‚‚Ԃ³‚ÉŽ–‚Ì——R‚ð’‹L‚·‚邱‚ÆB‘‚à‚Ü‚½A’ Ђɒ‹L‚·‚邱‚ÆB Sansom's translation (Sansom 1934:138, brackets in original) 19. The household registers ŒËÐ must be compiled every six years, starting from the beginning of the 11th month and following the prescribed forms (shiki Ž®). There shall be one volume (i.e. a separate roll) for each village, and three copies of each volume, all marked with the name of the province, district, village, and the year. The work shall be completed by the last day of the 5th month. Two copies shall be sent to the Chancellor's Office and one copy retained in the province. Extra copies must be made of registers of households of special classes and sent to the appropriate government offices. [The special classes here mentioned are the ryoko [sic ryōko] —ËŒË and the zakko ŽGŒË. The former were serfs who were attached to imperial mausolea and the land appertaining to them; the latter were the various guilds of industrial workers who, though not slaves, could not escape from their guilds and were thus analogous to the corporati of the later Roman empire. The "appropriate government office" would be the office concerned with the supply of a given commodity produced by the guild. Thus, members of the Paper Guild Ž†ŒË were under the Bureaus of Books and Drawings in the Nakatsukasashō. Vide Part 1, Central Administration, in these Transactions, vol. IX, p. 80, and passim.] The household registers must be scrutinized for errors, omissions and fraudulent returns, by both the provincial and central government offices. |
RG 08-28 Seven grounds for dismissing wife and fingerprinting | ||||||
Ryō no gige, Koryō |
||||||
Use of fingerprints on divorce notificationsArticle 28 of Ordinance 8 (Households) of Ryō no gige lists seven causes for a man to divorce his wife, and describes the formalities for effecting a divorce. The formalities include the earliest known mention in Japanese law of the use of a fingerprint to represent a personal signature. The VO phrase ‰æŽw meaning "stroke [brush one's name] [by impressing one's] finger" was also used as a stand-alone term in Japanese read "kakushi" (kwakushi). As such it refers to the practice of impressing an index finger on a document. The entire finger was impressed. The length of the finger, and the distances between the tip and the joints, among other details, were supposed to represent the traits of an individual's finger. Men impressed their left index finger, women their right. |
||||||
—ß‹`‰ðA8 ŒË—ßA28 ŽµoðKanbun –}ŠüÈB{—LŽµo”VóBˆê–³ŽqB“ñˆú泆BŽO•sŽ–änŒÆBŽlŒûãBŒÜ“ÞB˜Z“iŠõBŽµˆ«Ž¾BŠF•vŽè‘Šü”VB—^‘¸‘®‹ße“¯BŽá•s‰ð‘B‰æŽwˆ×‹LB Èå«—LŠüóB—LŽO•s‹ŽBˆêŒoŽänŒÆ”V‘rB“ñ›WŽžæËŒã‹MBŽO—LŠŽó–³Š‹AB‘¦”Æ‹`âBˆú泆Bˆ«Ž¾B•sSŸ—ßB(SZKT RG:100) Translation Genereally: As for [a husband] abandoning [his] wife. There must be [he must have] [at least one of] SEVEN complaints [grounds] for which] she will leave [his household (register)]. One [the wife] is childless [has no son]. Two [the wife] is wanton and loose [cavorts with other men, commits adultry]. Three [the wife] does not serve [her] husband's father or mother. Four [the wife] mouths off and wags her tongue [talks too much, is quarrelsome]. Five [the wife] steals and snitches. Six [the wife] is jealous and envious [of, say, her husband's concubines]. Seven [the wife] is badly ill [has an intractable disease, such as leprosy]. In all [instances] [the husband] [must] hand write the [complaint or complaints for which he would] abandon [his wife]. And [lineal] ascendants and near relatives [must] in common sign [the petition]. Should [one] be unable to write, stroking [impressing] [one's] finger [on the petition] is to be the record [mark] [of one's signature]. As for the wife, notwithstanding that [her husband] has grounds [to] abandon [her], there are THREE [situations in which] [she] shall not [have to] depart [the household]. One where [the wife has] managed and maintained [the household during] [carried out] the mourning of [her husband's] father and mother. Two at the time [her husband took her for his] [she became her husband's] wife [he, his household] was [of] base [mean, humble] and afterward [became] noble. Three there is no place [household] to return her where she would be received [accepted]. However should [she have] committed breaches of duty, or [been] wanton and loose, or [be] badly ill, [these three exceptions] will not restrict [mitigate] this ordinance. Japanese translation È‚ðŠü‚Ä‚é‚É‚ÍAˆÈ‰º‚Ì‚V‚‚̗—R‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ÆB‚P‚É‚ÍAŽq‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚ÆB‚Q‚ɂ͈ú—B‚R‚É‚ÍänŒÆ‚ÉŽd‚¦‚È‚¢B‚S‚É‚ÍŒûãB‚T‚É‚ÍÞ“B‚U‚É‚Í“iŠõB‚V‚ɂ͈«Ž¾BŠFA•v‚ªŽè‘‚µ‚ÄŠü‚Ă邱‚ÆB‘¸‘®‚ÍA‹ße‚Æ“¯‚¶‚˜A‚·‚邱‚ÆB‚à‚µ•¶Žš‚ª‰ð‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚ÎA‘Žwi–¼‘ã‚è‚ÉŽw‚Ì’·‚³‚Æ߂̈ʒu‚ðŽÊ‚µ•`‚¢‚½‚à‚Ìj‚ÅØ‹’‚̈ó‚Æ‚·‚邱‚ÆBÈ‚ðŠü‚Ä‚é󋵂ª‚ ‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¦‚Ç‚àA‚R‚Šü‚Ă邱‚Æ‚Ì‚Å‚«‚È‚¢——R‚ª‚ ‚éB‚P‚É‚ÍAÈ‚ªänŒÆ‚Ì‘r‚ð‚‚ƂßI‚¦‚½‚Æ‚«B‚Q‚É‚ÍŒ‹¥‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ÉæË‚µ‚‚ÄAŒã‚É‹M‚¢g•ª‚Æ‚È‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«B‚R‚É‚Í‹A‚·ŽÀ‰Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ‚«B‚µ‚©‚µA‹`âAˆú—Aˆ«Ž¾‚ð”Æ‚µ‚½‚È‚ç‚ÎA‚±‚Ì—ß‚É‚©‚©‚í‚ç‚È‚¢B Sansom's translation (Sansom 1934:142, brackets in original) 28. The seven grounds for divorce (Žµo”V狀) of a wife by her husband are
In all cases the husband must write a notice of divorce which must be signed jointly by the parents and near relatives. Those who cannot write must make their mark (i.e. finger print). [ The commentaries state that the signature of grandparents, parents and near relatives on both sides is necessary. Since the woman's name would be removed from her husband's household register and restored probably to that of her parents, formal notification from both sides would be required. This clause alone cannot therefore be interpreted as meaning that the consent of the wife's family is necessary before divorce. See Article 29 below. ] Even when there are grounds for divorce a wife shall not be sent away in any one of the following three cases:
But these exceptions shall not apply if she has been guilty of a grave offence against piety or of adultery or has a bad disease. [ The first two exceptions are based on the principle that if the wife has loyally shared the misfortune of her husband minor faults such as garrulity, jealousy, eetc. ought to be forgiven. The third is based on the practical consideration that if relatives or other parties responsible in the first instance for her marriage are dead or absent or otherwise not in a position to receive her, there is no register to which she can return. "A grave offence against piety" is here used to render ‹`â, q.v. in Article 31 infra. ] |
RG 08-35 People are to marry someone of like color [status] | ||||||||
Ryō no gige |
||||||||
People of like color to marryEarly marriage lawsSeveral articles in Ordinance 8 (Households) of Ryō no gige pertain to marriage. Article 24 allows males to marriage at age 15 while females can marry at age 13, but Article 25 requires a woman to have the permission of her family. Article 27 calls for dissolution of an alliance should a man take [a woman] as his [approved] wife or mistress after committing an indiscression [with her], even when their meeting [union] [beforehand] has been pardoned [by approving relatives] (–}æ›@ [姧] Œã›Wˆ×ȨB嫉ïŽÍ—P—£”VBSZKT RG:103-104). Article 35 makes the following provision for marriage between the "colors" [statuses] of people. |
||||||||
—ß‹`‰ðA8 ŒË—ßA35 “–Fˆ×¥ðKanbun –}—ËŒËBŠ¯ŒËB‰ÆlBŒöŽ„“z›XBŠF“–Fˆ×¥B(SZKT RG:103-104) Translation Tomb households [tomb keepers]. Official households [servants of court or ministries]. House people [clan, family servants]. Public [government] and private [male and female] slaves. All are to marry a [person of] corresponding color [like status]. Japanese translation —ËŒËAŠ¯ŒËA‰ÆlAŒöŽ„‚Ì“z›XiŒö“z›XEŽ„“z›Xj‚ÍAŠFA“¯Ží“¯g•ªŠÔ‚Å¥ˆ÷‚·‚邱‚ÆB Sansom's translation (Sansom 1934:145) 35. Tomb serfs and public serfs, servants, public and private slaves may marry only in their own category. |
||||||||
CommentsRG 08-35 commentaryRyō no gige makes the following observations about Article 35 in Ordinance 8. The translation, and the underscoring in both the kanbun text and the translation, are mine. The green highlighting marks identical phrasing in the Tang code and commentary (see below).
The commentary in the Ryō no gige, on which Sansom has apparently based the above statement, makes the following observations. The translation, and the underscoring in both the kanbun and translation, are mine. Sansom's commentary on RG 08-35Sansom comments at great length on what he calls the "free people" and the "base people" and on the five categories of the latter (Sansom 1934:145-147).
It is even more probable, though, that the law never gained much respect. All evidence suggests that it was the work of Sinified Yamato authorities with too much time on their hands and an impulse to impose a Tangesque social order on their subjects. And apparently people ignored it to the point that it became unenforceable. Similar phrasing in Tang code and commentarySome of the phrasing in the Ryō no gige commentary on Article 35 of Ordinance 8 is identical to phrasing in Táng lù shū yì (“‚—¥‘`‹`), a contemporary commentary on the Tang code (“‚—¥ Táng lù). Both the writers of the Taihō and Yōrō codes, and the legalists who compiled Ryō no gige, would have had this work at hand. Several articles of the Tang code touch upon the disposition of "marriages that violate the code" (ˆá—¥ˆ×¥), but Article 192 is most germain to RG 08-35. Because this article contains at lot that is of interest to status generally, I have shown a version of the original text, and an English rendering by Wallace Johnson in the second volume of study and translation of the Tang code (Johnson 1997:171-172, brackets in original). The green highlighting marks identical phrasing in RG 08-35 commentary (see above).
|
RG 08-42 Status of child of "good" parent and "base" parent |
Ryō no gige |
Status of child when status of base parent was unknownArticle 42 of Ordinance 8 (Households) of the Ryō no gige concerns the status of men and women who were born in alliances made between a "good" person and a "base" person, in which apparently the good person was not aware of the base person's status. |
—ß‹`‰ðA8 ŒË—ßA42 ˆ×•vÈðKanbun –}Š¯ŒËB—ËŒËB‰ÆlBŒöŽ„“z›XB—^—Çlˆ×•vÈBŠ¶’j—B•s’mîŽÒ]—ÇBŠF—£”VB‘´“¦–SŠ¶’j—BŠF]æËB(SZKT RG:105) See comments on "Status terms" and "Good and base" below for glosses on underscored terms. Translation Always: Where [1] [a member of] an official household [official servant], or [2] [a member of] a tomb household [tomb tender], or [3] a house person [clan or family servant], or [4] a public [government] or [5] a private male slave or female slave, and a good person have become husband and wife, there is born a man or a woman, [when] [the good person] did not know the circumstances [of the base person's status], [the man or the woman] will follow [conventions for] [be treated as] [be affiliated with] good [people]. All [spouses found to have married in such ignorance] will separate. Where [the husband and wife] have fled and flown there is born a man or a woman, all [such offspring] will follow [conventions for] [be treat as] [be affiliated with] base [affiliates]. Japanese translation Š¯ŒËA—ËŒËA‰ÆlAŒöŽ„‚Ì“z›XiŒö“z›XEŽ„“z›Xj‚ªA—Çl‚ÆŒ‹¥‚µ‚Ķ‚ñ‚¾‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Ì’j—‚ÍA‘G‚Å‚ ‚é‚Æ‚ÌŽÀî‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚©‚Á‚½ê‡‚É‚ÍA—Çl‚É‘®‚³‚¹‚邱‚ÆBŠFA—£¥‚³‚¹‚邱‚ÆB“¦–S‚µ‚Ķ‚ñ‚¾‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Ì’j—‚ÍAŠFA‘G‚É‘®‚³‚¹‚邱‚ÆB Sansom's translation (Sansom 1934:147, brackets in original) 42. When a slave is married to a free person, children born of the marriage shall, if the marriage was contracted without knowledge [that one party was a slave] follow the status of the free party. The parties shall be separated. Where [one of the parties] has absconded and a child is born, it shall follow the status of the unfree party. [The commentaries do not agree on the meaning of this second clause; but it seems that absconding was taken as showing that the parties were aware that one was a slave.] CommentsStatus termsŠ¯ŒË (kanko) A household owned by the government or a member of such a household, hence also meaning a "government" or "official" servant. "Household" reflects the fact that members were allowed to have families, and were allocated land and taxed the same as "good people" (see below). As such they were higher in status than government (official) slaves (see below), but as chattels of the government their movements were restricted. They were supervised by the "Government slave office" (Š¯“zŽi Kannushi, Kannu no tsukasa, Yatsuko no tsukasa). Public slaves and government servants who reached the age of 76 became "good" (RG 08-38). —ËŒË (ryōko) A household attached to the "Mausoleum office" (”—ËŽi Shoryōshi), or a member of which, hence tomb tender or caretaker. The office was in charge of burying, and performing funeral and memorial rites for, deceased sovereigns, the wife and principal consorts of a sovereign, princes and princesses, and other near relatives. Attached households cared for the burial mounds and graves, and associated grounds, in lieu of paying taxes. ‰Æl (kenin) Not a household but a servant in a clan or family household, higher in status than a private slave (see below). Such persons, like slaves, were counted as part a household's property and as such became an of object of inheritance, but unlike slaves were not bought or sold, and they were allowed have have families. ŒöŽ„“z›X (kushi nuhi) Public [court, government, ministerial] and private [clan, family household] male slaves and female slaves. Separtely called "public slaves" (Œö“z›X kunuhi) and "private slaves" (Ž„“z›X shinuhi). Public slaves also called "government slaves" (Š¯“z›X kannuhi). Such people were the property of their public (court, government, ministerial) or private (clan, household) owners, and as such they were objects of inheritance and trade. As a stand-alone compound “z›X (nuhi) may be a generic term for "slave", as can just “z (yatsuko, yakko) or “z—ê (dorei). However, the component graphs mean "male slave" (“z nu, do, yatsuko, yakko) and "female slave" (›X nu, hashitame), and often they need to be translated as such. —Çl (ryōnin) Good person. Equivalent to —Ç–¯ (ryōmin), meaning "good subject / affiliate" in constrast with æË–¯ (senmin), meaning "base subject / affiliate". æËl (senjin) is also found but the prevalent term was æË–¯ (senmin), especially as æË–¯ came to embrace an amorphous class of itinerant entertainers, convicted criminals, and others who were classified as ”ñl (hinin), meaning "not person". —Ç (ryō) Short for everything related to the status of being "good" as opposed to "base" (see below) -- i.e., "good people" or "good subjects" themselves, or the customs of such people, or the laws that governed the status and treatment of such people. æË (sen) Short for everything related to the status of being "base" as opposed to "good" (see above) -- i.e., "base subjects" and their ways of life and related laws. Good and base—ÇæË (ryōsen) refers to both "good" and "base" classes and castes. ‹MæË (kisen) refers to both "noble and base" people, meaning sometimes "good" and "base" and sometimes "noble" (‹M ki) and "ignoble" if not just "high" and "low". In some cases, "noble" (‹M ki) is used to describe people who held a "cap rank" (Š¥ˆÊ kan'i) of a specified higher order. —ÇæË¥ˆ÷ (ryōsen kon'in) or "good-base marriage" referred to a marriage between a man and woman of "good" and "base" status. As used in reference to European social history, the term "morganatic marriage" refers to a marriage between royalty and non-royalty, and as such is often translated ‹MæËŒ‹¥ (kisen kekkon) or "noble-base marriage" in Japanese. A title of nobility was either lost when a male of noble status married a commoner, or did not pass to a son born to his commoner wife, who also might not inherit mcuh if anything of her husband's property. Some of the "morganauts" that resulted from such unions, though, continued to posture as people of noble status. In Japan, too, alliances across class and caste boundaries could effect the status of one or the other party, and the status of the children of mixed marriages were determined by customary or statute law, as we see here. One obvious example would be the different treatment of women in "back court" of a male sovereign, where his wife had one status, and his concubines had a variety of statuses. A concubine of a male sovereign might later become his wife, and concubines could be ambitious. A prince's standing in the line of succession formally depending who his mother was and sibling order, but this did not stop ambitious princes, sometimes with the backing of ambitious mothers or maternal relatives, from vying for power. While Japanese family law today no longer recognizes concubines as such, it continues to differentiate between the children of a man's legal wife (which are assumed to be his by fact of the marriage), and children he has recognized whose mother is other than his wife. Such children, and their mothers, are treated differently according their legal status in relation to the man. —Ç (ryō) thus contrasted with æË (sen), which embraced all of the above-listed classes and castes -- government servants, tomb tenders, private servants, government slaves and private slaves -- which were widely referred to as "the base [people] of five colors" ŒÜF”VæË (goshiki no sen) or simply "the five colors" (ŒÜæË gosen) -- "color" being a metaphor for "category" and alluding to the different colors of garments that might identify one's status. Children born to base subjects and mastersArticle 43 provides that, in the case of a man or a woman [person] who was born in a situation where a house servant or male slave committed an indiscretion (›@ = 姧) with the master or someone five degrees or higher (four, three, two, one) of relationship to the master, will "sink to the government" (–}‰Æl“zB›@ [= 姧] Žå‹yŽåŒÜ“™ˆÈãeBŠ¶’j—BŠe–vŠ¯BSZKT RG:105). In other words, such people will be ascribed to one or another base status, and whatever land or other property they may have inherited will go to the court. However, the commentary to Article 43 states that, in the case of rape (‹›@), such offspring will be treated as "good people" (—Çl. They will also be treated as "good" should the master and the slave not have been aware, until after their indiscretion, that their status relationship was not suitable, according to the codes and abiding by the provisions for not knowing the law at the time of the crime. |
RG 09-03
Division of fields by mouth, sex, and age RG 09-21 Partitions made every six years |
Ryō no gige |
Per-capita standards for dividing fieldsOrdinance 9 of Ryō no gige has 37 articles on fields (“c—ß Denryō). Article 3 determines the amount of cultivatable land to be allocated to individuals on the basis of their sex and age. Article 21 requires that allocations or partitions be made every six years. |
—ß‹`‰ðA9 “c—ßA3 Œû•ªðKanbun –}‹‹Œû•ª“cŽÒB’j“ñ’iB < —Œ¸ŽO•ª”VˆêB > ŒÜ”NˆÈ‰º•s‹‹B‘´’n—LŠ°‹·ŽÒB]‹½“y–@B < Interlineal text omitted > ˆÕ“c”{‹‹B < Interlineal text omitted > ‹‹æ^B‹ï˜^’¬’i‹yŽlŽŠB(SZKT RG:107) Translation Always: [When] providing fields by per-capita division. A male will [be provided] two tan. < A woman less by one-third. > [A child] under five years will not be provided [land]. [When] this land has broadness [more than enough cultivatable land] or narrowness [insufficient cultivatable land]. Follow village-land [local village] laws [standards]. < Interlineal text omitted > [In the case of] cheap [less fertile] fields provide double. < Interlineal text omitted > [When] the giving is finished. In detail record the [areas in units of] chō and tan (’¬’i) and the four limits [in the cardinal directions]. Japanese translation Œû•ª“c‚̔Nj‹‚ÍA’j‚É‚Q’i < —‚Í‚R•ª‚Ì‚PŒ¸‚¸‚邱‚Æ > B‚TΈȉº‚ɂ͔Nj‹‚µ‚È‚¢B“y’n‚ª—]’n‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚è•s‘«‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚éꇂÍA‹½“y‚Ì–@‚É]‚í‚·‚±‚ÆBˆÕ“ci’n–¡‚ª”–‚Šu”N‚ÅkŽí‚·‚é“cj‚ÍA‚Q”{‚É‚µ‚ĔNj‹‚·‚邱‚ÆB”Ç‹‹‚ðI‚¦‚½‚È‚ç‚ÎA‚‚Ԃ³‚É’¬’i‹y‚ÑŽlŽŠi“Œ¼“ì–k‚Ì—×Ú’nj‚ð‹L˜^‚·‚邱‚ÆB Aston's translation (Aston 2:207-208, note 1; underscoring and related comment mine) In granting Kō-bun-den (land shared in proportion to population) men shall have two tan, women a third less, and children under five years of age none. Lands are granted for a term of six years. Lands are granted for a term of six years Aston has imported this from Article 21 (see next). |
Field partitions made every six yearsArticle 21 of Ordinance 9 (Fields) of Ryō no gige requires that field partitions be made ever six years. Related to this, Article 19 of Ordinance 8 (Households) calls for household registers to be updated every six years. Since per-capita field partitions were based on the number, sex, and age of heads or "mouths" (Œû) in a household, it stands to reason that periodic changes in household composition, not limited to death, would have occasioned changes in partitioning. |
—ß‹`‰ðA9 “c—ßA21 ˜Z”Nˆê”ÇðKanbun –}“cB˜Z”Nˆê”ÇB < _“cBŽ›“cB•sÝŸŒÀB > ŽáˆÈgŽ€‰ž‘Þ“cŽÒB–ˆŽŠ”Ç”NB‘¦]ŽûŽöB(SZKT RG:110-111) Translation Always: Fields. Six years one division. < God [shrine] fields. Temple fields. [There shall] not exist this limitation. > If because a person dies. [And] accordingly leaves [withdraws from] the field. When comes a division year, then [The next] Every coming of a division year. Immediately follow [procedures for] settling collections. Japanese translation “c‚ÍA‚U”N‚É‚P“x”Ç‹‹‚·‚邱‚Æo_“cAŽ›“c‚ÍA‚±‚ÌŒÀ‚è‚É‚ ‚炸pB‚à‚µŽ€–S‚ðˆÈ‚Ä“c‚ð‘Þ‚¢‚½ŽÒ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍAŽŸ‚̔ǔN‚ÉŽŠ‚邲‚Æ‚ÉA‚·‚®ŽûŒö‚·‚邱‚ÆB |
Wamyō ruiji shō (938)
By the 10th century, in the middle of the Heian period (794-1185), interest a comprehensive Japanese dictionary led to the compilation of Wamyō ruiju shō.
Œ¹‡
˜`–¼—ÞãÚçâ
˜`–¼—ÞãÚ´
˜a–¼—ÞãÚ´
Minamoto no Shitagou
Wamyō ruiju shō
[ Annotations of Yamato words grouped by kind ]
Wamyō ruiju shō was compiled by Minamoto no Shitagou (Œ¹‡ 911-983 Shitagafu, Shitagau, Shitagō) from around 934 and first published in 938. The earliest extant editions date from the Kamakura and Muromachi periods. Many editions were published during the Tokugawa period and a few came out in the early Meiji period.
The earliest editions of the dictionary consisted of 10-books which grouped words into 128 similar kinds (rui —Þ), which in turn were grouped into 24 general classes (bu •” parts, sections). Later expanded editions featured 249 kinds of words within 32 classes.
The titles
The three variations of the full title associate çâ with only ˜` but ´ with both ` and ˜a. The title on the title slip of some editions may differ from the inside title. The same character variations are found in the abbreviated title Wamyōshō meaning "Annotations of Yamato words".
The title is now more commonly romanized Wamyō ruijushō. When I was a student in the 1960s and 1970s, it was usually written Wamyō ruiju shō. I continue to prefer to separate "shō" from "ruiju" in the full title while coupling it with "Wamyō in the short title.
I also prefer to romanize the name of the compiler "Shitagau", which better represents the most likely pronunciation of the name. "Shitagō" reflects recent reductions and related romanization conventions that writers and editors reflexively apply in conformity with one-size-fits-all style books.
As the title implies, the dictionary is a selection of "Yamato names" or "words" for things grouped by related subject. My English translation of the title is an adaptation of Don Clifford Bailey's "Japanese names [for things], classified and annotated" (page 4 in Don Clifford Bailey, Early Japanese Lexicography, Monumenta Nipponica (Sophia University), Vol. 16, No. 1/2 (April-July 1960), pages. 1-52).
- "Yamato" is my choice for "Wa" (˜`A˜a) in a structural translation that strives to preserve metaphors. Conflating "Yamato" and "Japan" strips both words of their "character" so to speak.
- "words" is my stand in for Bailey's more precise "names [for things]" (myō –¼), which reflects the Chinese view that words are sacred "names" for things. This view, which took root in early Japan, is seen in Erya (Ž¢‰ë), a Chinese compilation of commentary on words ("names") in phrases cited from classical texts. Erya was compiled, probably in stages, from as early as the Spring and Autumn period (c771-c476), to no later than the end of the Warring States period (bcc475-bc221). The commentary thus existed before the start of the Ch'in (Qin) dynasty (bc221-bc206) and its segue into the early and later Han dynasties (bc202-ad220), by which time it had come to be regarded as a classic in its own right.
- "ruiju" (—ÞãÚ) is commonly used to mean some sort "collection or organization (ãÚ) by variety or class (—Þ)" -- hence "grouped by kind)".
- "shō" (çâA´) is widely used to mean (1) an extract from or excerpt of something, (2) an extract or excerpt with commentary, or (3) the commentary (annotation) itself. While (2) probably applies here -- i.e., "annotations of selected (words)" -- "annotation" is more important "selection", which is understood.
RRS Selected words from Wamyō ruiju shō | ||||
Wamyō ruiju shō |
||||
Excerpts from WamyōshōThe images to the right show four pages from a 5-volume 1617 printing of the 20-book edition of Wamyō ruiju shō (˜`–¼—ÞãÚçâ). Book 1 begins with an unsigned 6-page preface (jo ˜). The preface is followed by a 2-page guide (hanrei –}—á) to the "newly carved" (shinkoku V) edition. The guide is signed "Written by Banyō Nawa (Naba) Dōin" (”Ô—z“ß”g“¹š¢Ž¯). This edition is therefore generally attributed to Nawa Dōen (“ß”g“¹‰~). The guide is followed by a 4-page introduction titled "On Wamyōshō" (Dai Wamyōsho ‘è˜`–¼çâ). The introduction begins with the statement "Junior 5th Rank Upper Noto Governor Minamoto no Asomi Jun, his ancestors came from Emperor Kōnin" (]ŒÜˆÊã”\“oŽçŒ¹’©b‡ŽÒ‘´æoŽ©Om’é). The last paged of the introduction is dated Junna 3-11 (1617-11/12) and signed "Rafu Sannin" (—…•‚ŽUl) as shown in the image to the right (right page of top image). Rafu Sannin's identity is uncertain, hence there is some controversy over the editorship of this edition, which was printed from newly carved blocks. Nawa (Naba) Dōen is also know as Naba (Nawa) Kassho (“ß”gŠˆŠ 1595-1648), who was early Edo Confucian scholar. Nawa was a contemporary of Hayashi Razan (—Ñ—…ŽR 1583-1657), who tutored the first few Tokugawa shoguns in Neo-Confucian teachings extoled by Fujiwara no Seika (“¡Œ´œ·â| 1561-1619). Hayashi and Nawa, and two other Seika disciples, were known as "four heavenly kings of Seika gate" (Seika-mon shitennō œ·–åŽl“V‰¤). The use of a Buddhist metaphor to allude to their protection of Seika's Confucian views is not entirely odd, since Seika had been a Buddhist priest, and had turned to Confucian thought after becoming disenchanted with Buddhist understandings. In any event, Hayashi Razan, like all men of his standing and vocation, signed his works by a variety of names, including Fuzan (•‚ŽR), Dōshun (“¹t), Rafushi (—…•‚Žq), and even Rafushi Dōshun (—…•‚Žq“¹t). ContentsThe first part of the contents page (left page of top image) includes, at the end, the parts and classes of interest here (shown below in bold). l—Ï•”˜Z People and relations Part 6 ’j——Þ‘æ\”ª Men and women Class 18 ˜VŽá—Þ‘æ\‹ã Old and young 19 H¤—Þ‘æ“ù Craftsmen and merchants 20 ‹™——ޑæ“ùˆê Fisherman and hunters 21 ”÷æË—Þ‘æ“ù“ñ Humble and mean [status] 22 Œî“—Þ‘æ“ùŽO@Beggars and thieves 23 eÊ•”Žµ Parents and relatives Part 7 •ƒ•ê—Þ‘æ“ùŽl@Fathers and mothers 24 Wamyō ruiju shō (938, 1617)l jin, ninl—Ï•”˜Z ’j——Þ‘æ\”ª l ”’ŒÕ’ʉ]l’j—倊–¼–ç The source -- Bai Hu Tong (”’ŒÕ’Ê) in Chinese -- is attributed to Ban Gu (”njŠ32-92 WG Pan Ku, J Han Ko), an early Later Han historian and literary scholar. It is said to be based on dialogs about Chinese classics that took place in the year 79. Ban Gu initiated the compilation of Han shu (Š¿‘ J Kanjo) or "Book of Han", a history of the Early Han period, completed in 111 by his sister Ban Zhao (”Ǻ 45-117 WG Pan Chao, J Han Shō). CommentsUnlike most of the graphic headwords in Wamyōshō, the pronunciation of l is not shown. Presumably it would have been ƒqƒg (hito) in furigana, and the "Yamato name" (wamyō ˜a–¼) would have been ”äŽ~ (hito) in man'yōgana. Wamyō ruiju shō (938, 1617)hitokusa jinmin wohotakaraƒqƒgƒNƒT l–¯ ƒ’ƒzƒ^ƒJƒ‰ hitokusa ƒJINMIN„ wohotakara CommentsAssociating both "hitokusa" (ƒqƒgƒNƒT) and "wohotakara" (ƒ’ƒzƒ^ƒJƒ‰) with l–¯ in the 10th century and earlier -- and associating "jinmin" (ƒWƒ“ƒ~ƒ“) with the same graphs in the 19th century and today -- suggests that "hitokusa / wohotakara" and "jinmin" -- as "names for things" -- have something in common -- something they share through the graphic expression l–¯. Keep in mind that l–¯ itself has no meaning. It is merely a graphic vessel for whatever language is associated with it -- Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Vienamese -- even English, Italian, or Yoruba. In Japanese today, l–¯ is usually associated with Sino-Japanese "jinmin" -- which signifies the sound of the word but not its meaning. The meaning of "jinmin" depends entirely on our "understandings" of the word. Note that I write "understandings" -- for "jinmin" may be associated with a number of meanings. And "communication" is possible only between people who are share the same meanings in a given context. Of interest here is that the words associated with the graphs l–¯ have changed over the years. Moreover, the meanings associated with words such as "hito" and "jinmin" both changed and diversified over the years. The graphs l and –¯ and l–¯ are found in the oldest and most recent writings in Japanese. The words associated with them, and their meanings, have changed. To the extent that the semantic ranges of the graphs are determined by the words associated with them, we can say that the semantic ranges of l and –¯ and l–¯ have been changing -- shrinking in some directions, expanding in others. The same can be said for graphs like ‘ and –¯ and ‘–¯. They, two, are used in the earliest and most recent Japanese texts. Linking the present with pastA study of the linguistic arcs between early and recent words associated with the graphs ‘ and l and –¯ -- and with their compounds, ‘–¯ and l–¯ -- will reveal that the words are not unrelated in contexts involving the status and identity of people as "nationals" or "people" of a country or state. Both ‘–¯ and l–¯ were essentially synonymous with b–¯ in early Meiji laws, most notably the 1871 Family Register Law. While "nationality" as a status of legal affiliation with a state is a recent term, and should not be used before its advent international law, a "nationality like" status can be traced in Japan from the age of writing in Japan. In other words, the concept of "nationality" did not pop out of a vacuum, but sprouted from a soil that nourished earlier understandings of demographic affiliation with a country as a politically defined geographic territory. Wamyō ruiju shō (938, 1617)tsubune, yakkare, yakko nu, hitsubune “z–l yakkare“z–l is provided with two readings -- ƒcƒtŽq (tsufune > tsubune) and ƒ„ƒbƒJƒŒ (yakkare). Tang ling (“‚—ß) or "Tang laws" says yakko ›X›X is shown with one reading -- ƒ„ƒbƒR (yakko). Setsumon (à•¶ C. Shuowen) says that ›X -- –铤ŒÃ (yatsuko) in Japanese -- is a "derogatory name for a woman" (onna no bishō —”V”Úâi). Setsumon refers to Setsumon kaiji (à•¶‰ðŽš Shuowen jiezi), a 2nd-century work by the Han-dynasty scholar Kyo Shin (‹–T 58-148 Xu Shen). CommentsWamyō ruiju shō is the most important early collection of Japanese words represented by Chinese graphs used as man'yōgana, or by stylized proxies of man'yōgana called just "kana" -- usually angular katakana rather than cursive hiragana. The distinction between "words" and "graphs" is vital to an understanding of what Wamyōshō and other Japanese dictionaries represent. Words are "language" -- what is generally spoken and understood between people who share the language. Graphs are "symbols" that have no meaning unless one knows the words they represent -- "speak" if you will. Different languages other than Chinese -- Korean, Japanese, and Vietnamese -- have used used the same graph to represent words of similar meaning in the language. In principle, Chinese graphs could be used to encode any language in the world. Some English speakers, too, have learned to associate English words with Chinese graphs used on pendants, tattoos, or t-shirts and the like -- independent of corresponding Chinese and Japanese words. Vietnam long ago stopped using Chinese graphs, and first Chosen (north) then Korea (south) stopped using graphs, though Korea still gives some instruction in reading and writing graphs in schools, and graphs are occasionally seen in publications and public signage, and are used in family genealogies. The use of Chinese characters to represent a word in part or whole, regardless of how the word is pronounced, is generally called "logographic" -- i.e., they signify whatever the the reader associates with the graph. But Chinese graphs may also be used "phonologically" -- "phonographically" if you will -- to signify a sound rather than a semantic element or morpheme -- usually a phoneme -- a single mora in the case of Japanese, as in man'yōgana. As seen in the images below, Wamyō ruiju shō provides Yamato readings for most of the headwords it shows in Chinese characters, sources the word to a Chinese or Japanese text, and may also show man'yōgana representations of the furigana expressions attached to the headwords. The dictionary thus relates visual (graphic) and oral-aural (linguistic) metaphors at the time it was compiled, based on earlier sources. Using dictionaries that represent the language at it was understood at the time they were compiled, we can study how the Japanese language associated with Chinese characters has changed to accommodate later meanings imputed to the graphs. In other words -- the graphs may remain the same, but associated words may change. "Graphs" -- here meaning Chinese characters, including a few that were made in Japan -- neither pronounce nor define themselves. Their meanings are derived through the words or parts of words -- i.e., the meaningful sounds -- that we associate with them. In this sense, graphs are merely vessels for the phonological and semantic information we associate with them. We partake of this information only if we "read" the information "into" the graphs. We convey words and their meanings to readers by writing or "graphing" the words -- i.e., "encoding" the words as graphs -- trusting that the reader shares the code -- i.e., is familiar with not only the graphs, but with the "words" or "names" for the things or actions, or thoughts or feelings, we wish to convey with graphs. |
Seishu toka ki (1794)
In 1794, Sakurai Ankyō published a work called Seishū tōka ki or "Records of throwing [oneself on (submitting to) the court] and changing [one's allegiance] of [people from] western provinces" -- meaning the countries roughly west of Yamato or Japan, namely, the various countries on the Chinese continent
The work is a compilation of accounts cited or digested from chronologies and other records of people who had come to the islands for various reasons, from early times and into the Tokugawa period. Those who stayed were embraced as subjects of the sovereign of the territory in which they were allowed to settle.
The 1794 work was copied in 1812 and recopied in 1815. Here I will merely introduce the particulars of these three editions to the extent that I know them. See Toka and kika for comparisons of "tōka" (“Š‰») with "kika" (‹A‰») as synomyms for "submission and change of allegiance".
In the following descriptions, I use "book" (kan) to mean a division of the content of a "volume" (kan). Both are ""kan" but it is necessary at times to differentiate between the "kan" of the content and the "kan" of the packaging.
In the following descriptions, I have romanized the place names in Sino-Japanese. Many such names are Chinese transliterations of names that were not Chinese, and the graphs are being used for their phonetic value. Such transliterations are common in classical Chinese texts, both for place names and names of objects or concepts adopted from other languages, such as Sanskrit. The same methods of transliteration were adopted in Yamato in the form of man'yōgana, meaning Chinese graphs used phonetically to represent Yamato and other non-Chinese words.
1812 Seishu toka ki Preface and start of ` section Image copped and cropped from Waseda University Library |
1812 edition
This copy, in three volumes, contains all four books of the the original edition. The three volumes are in the Waseda University Library. High resolution scans embedded in PDF files are publicly accessible through the library's website.
ŸNˆäˆÀ‹œ [•Ò]
¬‹{ŽR¹G (•–Œ¬) [˜]
¼B“Š‰»‹L
Š°b“Ð\ŒŽ [æë]
•¶‰»‹ã”Np\‰ÄŒÜŒŽ [˜]
ŽlŠª (ŽOŠª)
Sakurai Ankō (compiler)
Komiyama Masahide (Fūken) (preface)
Seishū tōka ki
[Records of submission (to the court) and change (of allegiance) of (people from) western countries]
Kansei 6-10 (1794-10/11) [afterword]
Bunka 9-5 (1812-6/7) [preface]
3 volumes [kan] containing 4 books [kan]
As of this writing, I know nothing about Sakurai Ankō, and know only that Komiyama Masahide (1764-1840), aka Fūken, was a Mito-domain scholar of Confucian and historical texts, in Mito, the location of the main branch of the Tokugawa house, and the center of academic authority during the Tokugawa period.
Volume 1 contains Book 1, Volume 2 contains Book 2, and Volume 3 contains Book 3 and Book 4. Individually, Books 3 and 4 are much shorter than Book 1, which is much shorter than Book 2. Whether they were first published as separate volumes and later bound together, as in the extant copy of this edition, is not clear.
Together the three volumes contain some 117 leaves (234 pages) -- more than twenty fewer than the 1815 edition (see below).
Book 1
Volume 1 (34 leaves, 68 pages) is dedicated to Book 1 but begins with a very short preface, dated •¶‰»‹ã”Np\‰ÄŒÜŒŽ (1812-6/7 [5/6]) and signed ¬‹{ŽR¹G‘?•–Œ¬. According to the preface, the "topic" of the work is about "people of Han and Tang, and various barbarian [neighboring] [countries], who threw [presented] [themselves] [at the Yamato court] and changed [their allegiance]" (—LŠ¿“‚””דŠ‰»”VlŽÒ). The copy was made in order to replace the original manuscript, which had been damaged in a fire.
Book 1, which covers lineages related to early Chinese entities, beginning with Shin (` Chin, Qin) and ending with Zui (ä@ Sui). The part on ` (PY Qin, WG Chin, SJ Shin, Y Hata) begins with a citation of what is said about this graph in Erya (Ž¢‰ë) -- now, and perhaps then as well, the earliest extant Chinese dictionary.
Book 2
Volume 2 (45 leaves, 90 pages) is dedicated to Book 2, which covers lineages related to the three major early Korean entities Shiragi (V—… Silla), Koma (‚—í Koryŏ) or Kokuri (‚‹å—í Koguryŏ), and Kudara (•SÏ Paekche).
Book 3
Volume 3 (38 leaves, 76 pages) is evenly divided between Books 3 and 4.
Book 3 begins with Mimana (”C“ß Imna), then segues to Shukushin (lT C. Sushen, Y. Mishihase), a coastal Tungusic entity of seafaring fishermen and bear hunters; Bokkai (ŸÝŠC K. Palhae), a largely Korean entity created by remnants of Koguryŏ]; Chōsen" (’©‘N K. Chosŏn) [Korea]; Tenjiku (“VŽ±) [Sindhu, i.e., India]; and other regions of asia.
The list then turns to countries "in the western sea" beginning with Harutogaru (”gŽ¢“mŠ¢Ž¢) [Portugal]; Rama (ç´”n) [Rome]; Waran (˜a—–) [Olanda, Holland]; Ishipania (ˆÉŽz”c你ˆŸ) [Ispania, Hispania, Spain]; and Saisairia [Saiseiria] (¼Ö—¢ˆŸ) [Sicilia], among other countries.
After Sicilia come Kōshi (Œðæä) [Cochin] [Vietnam] (centering on what by then had become Tongkin and is now Hanoi), then Padan (”b’U) [Padang > Sumatra], which ends Book 3 in this edition.
Book 4
Book 4, which makes up the second half of Volume 3 of the 1812 edition, is dedicated to monks and nuns (‘m“ò). The monks and nuns are grouped by country, beginning with the Chinese entities of Ryō (—À Liu), Tō (“‚ Tang, T'ang), Sō (‘v Song), Gen (Œ³ Yuan), and Min and Shin (–¾´ Ming-Qing, Ming-Ching), continuing with the Korean entities of Kudara (•SÏ), Kōryō (‚—í), Shiragi (V—… Silla), and Chōsen (’©‘N), and ending with Tenjiku (“VŽ±), which is India.
Book 4 concludes with a two-page "Afterword on old books" (äp–{æë Kyūbonbatsu), dated Š°b“Ð\ŒŽ (1794-10/11) and signed ŸNˆäˆÀ‹œŽ¯ (Sakurai Ankō shiki). The afterword is an overview of the sources that were used to compile the biographical information in the work.
Padan [Padang > Sumatra]
The Padang entry, which ends Book 3, reads as follows. I have transcribed and translated the text as puncutated in vermilion (Žé shu) on the received copy (leaves 18-19).
Note also the absense of kaeriten (•Ô‚è“_), which were marked on some kanbun manuscripts to faciliate their reading in Japanese. Questions arise concerning the ability of scholars like Komiyayama to read and write Chinese without thinking in Japanese.
Apart from how they might have recited kanbun texts if asked to read them aloud, I would think -- from my own experiences of writing in Japanese -- that it would not be possible to write as easily as it appears they were able to write, without having an essential feeling for Chinese syntax and style. Presumably such writers would also have had no difficulty silently reading kanbun as Chinese -- or, as the case may be, Japanized Chinese.
6 of 18 Padangese survive
The following account from the 1812 edition is missing from the 1815 edition of Seishū tōka ki. The translation, as usual, is structural.
1815 Seishu toka ki Preface and start of ` section Image copped and cropped from Waseda University Library |
1815 edition
The following single volume manuscript, which contains the above three volumes plus a list of cited works, is also in the Waseda University Library and can be read in high resolution scans embedded in PDF files.
ŸNˆäˆÀ‹œ [æë]
¬‹{ŽR¹G (•–Œ¬) [˜]
”·Ÿ•¶Ž¯ [Œã˜]
¼B“Š‰»‹L
Š°b“Ð\ŒŽ [æë]
•¶‰»‹ã”Np\‰ÄŒÜŒŽ [˜]
•¶‰»\“ñ”N‰³ˆå\ˆêŒŽ [Œã˜]
ŽlŠª (ˆêŠª) [Š®]
Sakurai Ankō (afterword)
Komiyama Masahide (Fūken) (preface)
Hanawa Katsufumi [Shōbun] [postscript]
Seishū tōka ki
[Records of submission (to the court) and change (of allegiance) of (people from) western countries]
Kansei 6-10 (1794-10/11) [afterword]
Bunka 9-5 (1812-6/7) [preface]
Bunka 12-11 (1815-12) [postscript]
1 volume [kan] containing 4 books [kan] complete [kan]
The title slip on the cover has the graph Š® (kan) or "complete", meaning that it contains all four books of the work in this single volume of 141 unnumbered leaves (282 pages). Whether the four books of this edition were originally bound together like this is not clear.
This is actually a rather different edition, which becomes evident from the very beginning. The section on `, which starts in the 1812 edition with a citation from the Erya, opens in the 1815 edition with a remark to the effect that the ancestors of the Hata had been people who had submitted and changed to Paekche at the peak of Qin and Han rule (涎ŠŽ¡”V—²A`Š¿•SÏŸd‰»“à•”V).
More historical Chinese entities, such as Go (Œà Wu) and Gi (é° Wei), are included.
Entities west of China and India are described in much more detail. Here are a few of the more notable examples.
Examples of changes in descriptions of
|
The first 10 leaves (20 pages) consist of a list of numerous cited works, beginning with the Kojiji, Nihon shoki, Shoku Nihongi, and Shoku Nihon kōki. The list ends with the Hyōkairoku (•YŠC˜^ P'yohaerok), a Korean work if not its Japanese version known as Tsūzoku Hyōkairoku (’Ê‘•YŠC˜^).
Hyōkairoku is by Ch'oe Pu (›ÁŸî), who drifted at sea to China in 1477. There are numerous reports of people at sea drifting to the shores of a country other than their own, be it China, Korea, Japan, the Ryukyus, or other countries in East Asia and the Pacific. A number of these accounts are well known outside Asia.
Hyōkairoku has been translated into English.
John Meskill (translator)
OCh'oe Pu's Diary: A Record of Drifting across the Sea
Tucson: University of Arizona Press, 1965
Association for Asian Studies
Series Monographs and Papers, No. XVII
177 pages, hardcover
Regarding the work, Geoff Wade makes the following observation (Wade 2003, 9.3 Studies of Korean Texts on Maritime Asia).
The only major Korean text on maritime Asia which has been studied deeply and translated into a European language is that by Ch'oe Pu (›ÁŸîs•YŠC˜^t). The work has been translated into English by John Meskill in Ch'oe Pu's Diary: A Record of Drifting across the Sea (1965).
Geoff Wade
The Pre-Modern East Asian Maritime Realm: An Overview of European-Language Studies
Asia Research Institute
Working Paper Series, No. 16
National University of Singapore
December 2003
Other editions
Apparently there are copies of Books 2, 3, and 4 of Seishū kōka ki at the Tohoku University Library. I have not confirmed whether these are parts of either of the above editions, or of another edition including possibly the original edition.
In any event, microfilm copies of these three books are listed in the Family History Library Catalog of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. Microfilm copies can be ordered through the Family History Center, or can be viewed at the Family History Library in Salt Lake City, Utah, USA.